Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 | * |
| 3 | * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar |
| 4 | * Multibyte extensions partly by Sung-Hoon Baek |
| 5 | * |
| 6 | * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. |
| 7 | * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. |
| 8 | * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. |
| 9 | */ |
| 10 | /* |
| 11 | * mbyte.c: Code specifically for handling multi-byte characters. |
| 12 | * |
| 13 | * The encoding used in the core is set with 'encoding'. When 'encoding' is |
| 14 | * changed, the following four variables are set (for speed). |
| 15 | * Currently these types of character encodings are supported: |
| 16 | * |
| 17 | * "enc_dbcs" When non-zero it tells the type of double byte character |
| 18 | * encoding (Chinese, Korean, Japanese, etc.). |
| 19 | * The cell width on the display is equal to the number of |
| 20 | * bytes. (exception: DBCS_JPNU with first byte 0x8e) |
| 21 | * Recognizing the first or second byte is difficult, it |
| 22 | * requires checking a byte sequence from the start. |
| 23 | * "enc_utf8" When TRUE use Unicode characters in UTF-8 encoding. |
| 24 | * The cell width on the display needs to be determined from |
| 25 | * the character value. |
| 26 | * Recognizing bytes is easy: 0xxx.xxxx is a single-byte |
| 27 | * char, 10xx.xxxx is a trailing byte, 11xx.xxxx is a leading |
| 28 | * byte of a multi-byte character. |
| 29 | * To make things complicated, up to two composing characters |
| 30 | * are allowed. These are drawn on top of the first char. |
| 31 | * For most editing the sequence of bytes with composing |
| 32 | * characters included is considered to be one character. |
| 33 | * "enc_unicode" When 2 use 16-bit Unicode characters (or UTF-16). |
| 34 | * When 4 use 32-but Unicode characters. |
| 35 | * Internally characters are stored in UTF-8 encoding to |
| 36 | * avoid NUL bytes. Conversion happens when doing I/O. |
| 37 | * "enc_utf8" will also be TRUE. |
| 38 | * |
| 39 | * "has_mbyte" is set when "enc_dbcs" or "enc_utf8" is non-zero. |
| 40 | * |
| 41 | * If none of these is TRUE, 8-bit bytes are used for a character. The |
| 42 | * encoding isn't currently specified (TODO). |
| 43 | * |
| 44 | * 'encoding' specifies the encoding used in the core. This is in registers, |
| 45 | * text manipulation, buffers, etc. Conversion has to be done when characters |
| 46 | * in another encoding are received or send: |
| 47 | * |
| 48 | * clipboard |
| 49 | * ^ |
| 50 | * | (2) |
| 51 | * V |
| 52 | * +---------------+ |
| 53 | * (1) | | (3) |
| 54 | * keyboard ----->| core |-----> display |
| 55 | * | | |
| 56 | * +---------------+ |
| 57 | * ^ |
| 58 | * | (4) |
| 59 | * V |
| 60 | * file |
| 61 | * |
| 62 | * (1) Typed characters arrive in the current locale. Conversion is to be |
| 63 | * done when 'encoding' is different from 'termencoding'. |
| 64 | * (2) Text will be made available with the encoding specified with |
| 65 | * 'encoding'. If this is not sufficient, system-specific conversion |
| 66 | * might be required. |
| 67 | * (3) For the GUI the correct font must be selected, no conversion done. |
| 68 | * Otherwise, conversion is to be done when 'encoding' differs from |
| 69 | * 'termencoding'. (Different in the GTK+ 2 port -- 'termencoding' |
| 70 | * is always used for both input and output and must always be set to |
| 71 | * "utf-8". gui_mch_init() does this automatically.) |
| 72 | * (4) The encoding of the file is specified with 'fileencoding'. Conversion |
| 73 | * is to be done when it's different from 'encoding'. |
| 74 | * |
| 75 | * The viminfo file is a special case: Only text is converted, not file names. |
| 76 | * Vim scripts may contain an ":encoding" command. This has an effect for |
| 77 | * some commands, like ":menutrans" |
| 78 | */ |
| 79 | |
| 80 | #include "vim.h" |
| 81 | |
| 82 | #ifdef WIN32UNIX |
| 83 | # ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN |
| 84 | # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN |
| 85 | # endif |
| 86 | # include <windows.h> |
| 87 | # ifdef WIN32 |
| 88 | # undef WIN32 /* Some windows.h define WIN32, we don't want that here. */ |
| 89 | # endif |
| 90 | #endif |
| 91 | |
| 92 | #if (defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX)) && !defined(__MINGW32__) |
| 93 | # include <winnls.h> |
| 94 | #endif |
| 95 | |
| 96 | #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 |
| 97 | # include <X11/Intrinsic.h> |
| 98 | #endif |
| 99 | #ifdef X_LOCALE |
| 100 | #include <X11/Xlocale.h> |
| 101 | #endif |
| 102 | |
| 103 | #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(HAVE_GTK2) |
| 104 | # include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> |
| 105 | # ifdef WIN3264 |
| 106 | # include <gdk/gdkwin32.h> |
| 107 | # else |
| 108 | # include <gdk/gdkx.h> |
| 109 | # endif |
| 110 | #endif |
| 111 | |
| 112 | #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H |
| 113 | # include <wchar.h> |
| 114 | #endif |
| 115 | |
| 116 | #if 0 |
| 117 | /* This has been disabled, because several people reported problems with the |
| 118 | * wcwidth() and iswprint() library functions, esp. for Hebrew. */ |
| 119 | # ifdef __STDC_ISO_10646__ |
| 120 | # define USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS |
| 121 | # endif |
| 122 | #endif |
| 123 | |
| 124 | #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 125 | |
| 126 | static int enc_canon_search __ARGS((char_u *name)); |
| 127 | static int dbcs_char2len __ARGS((int c)); |
| 128 | static int dbcs_char2bytes __ARGS((int c, char_u *buf)); |
| 129 | static int dbcs_ptr2len_check __ARGS((char_u *p)); |
| 130 | static int dbcs_char2cells __ARGS((int c)); |
| 131 | static int dbcs_ptr2char __ARGS((char_u *p)); |
| 132 | |
| 133 | /* Lookup table to quickly get the length in bytes of a UTF-8 character from |
| 134 | * the first byte of a UTF-8 string. Bytes which are illegal when used as the |
| 135 | * first byte have a one, because these will be used separately. */ |
| 136 | static char utf8len_tab[256] = |
| 137 | { |
| 138 | 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, |
| 139 | 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, |
| 140 | 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, |
| 141 | 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, |
| 142 | 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /*bogus*/ |
| 143 | 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /*bogus*/ |
| 144 | 2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, |
| 145 | 3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,6,6,1,1, |
| 146 | }; |
| 147 | |
| 148 | /* |
| 149 | * XIM often causes trouble. Define XIM_DEBUG to get a log of XIM callbacks |
| 150 | * in the "xim.log" file. |
| 151 | */ |
| 152 | /* #define XIM_DEBUG */ |
| 153 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 154 | static void |
| 155 | xim_log(char *s, ...) |
| 156 | { |
| 157 | va_list arglist; |
| 158 | static FILE *fd = NULL; |
| 159 | |
| 160 | if (fd == (FILE *)-1) |
| 161 | return; |
| 162 | if (fd == NULL) |
| 163 | { |
| 164 | fd = fopen("xim.log", "w"); |
| 165 | if (fd == NULL) |
| 166 | { |
| 167 | EMSG("Cannot open xim.log"); |
| 168 | fd = (FILE *)-1; |
| 169 | return; |
| 170 | } |
| 171 | } |
| 172 | |
| 173 | va_start(arglist, s); |
| 174 | vfprintf(fd, s, arglist); |
| 175 | va_end(arglist); |
| 176 | } |
| 177 | #endif |
| 178 | |
| 179 | #endif |
| 180 | |
| 181 | #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 182 | /* |
| 183 | * Canonical encoding names and their properties. |
| 184 | * "iso-8859-n" is handled by enc_canonize() directly. |
| 185 | */ |
| 186 | static struct |
| 187 | { char *name; int prop; int codepage;} |
| 188 | enc_canon_table[] = |
| 189 | { |
| 190 | #define IDX_LATIN_1 0 |
| 191 | {"latin1", ENC_8BIT + ENC_LATIN1, 1252}, |
| 192 | #define IDX_ISO_2 1 |
| 193 | {"iso-8859-2", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 194 | #define IDX_ISO_3 2 |
| 195 | {"iso-8859-3", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 196 | #define IDX_ISO_4 3 |
| 197 | {"iso-8859-4", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 198 | #define IDX_ISO_5 4 |
| 199 | {"iso-8859-5", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 200 | #define IDX_ISO_6 5 |
| 201 | {"iso-8859-6", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 202 | #define IDX_ISO_7 6 |
| 203 | {"iso-8859-7", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 204 | #define IDX_CP1255 7 |
| 205 | {"cp1255", ENC_8BIT, 1255}, /* close to iso-8859-8 */ |
| 206 | #define IDX_ISO_8 8 |
| 207 | {"iso-8859-8", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 208 | #define IDX_ISO_9 9 |
| 209 | {"iso-8859-9", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 210 | #define IDX_ISO_10 10 |
| 211 | {"iso-8859-10", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 212 | #define IDX_ISO_11 11 |
| 213 | {"iso-8859-11", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 214 | #define IDX_ISO_13 12 |
| 215 | {"iso-8859-13", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 216 | #define IDX_ISO_14 13 |
| 217 | {"iso-8859-14", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 218 | #define IDX_ISO_15 14 |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 219 | {"iso-8859-15", ENC_8BIT + ENC_LATIN9, 0}, |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 220 | #define IDX_KOI8_R 15 |
| 221 | {"koi8-r", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 222 | #define IDX_KOI8_U 16 |
| 223 | {"koi8-u", ENC_8BIT, 0}, |
| 224 | #define IDX_UTF8 17 |
| 225 | {"utf-8", ENC_UNICODE, 0}, |
| 226 | #define IDX_UCS2 18 |
| 227 | {"ucs-2", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_2BYTE, 0}, |
| 228 | #define IDX_UCS2LE 19 |
| 229 | {"ucs-2le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_2BYTE, 0}, |
| 230 | #define IDX_UTF16 20 |
| 231 | {"utf-16", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_2WORD, 0}, |
| 232 | #define IDX_UTF16LE 21 |
| 233 | {"utf-16le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_2WORD, 0}, |
| 234 | #define IDX_UCS4 22 |
| 235 | {"ucs-4", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_4BYTE, 0}, |
| 236 | #define IDX_UCS4LE 23 |
| 237 | {"ucs-4le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_4BYTE, 0}, |
| 238 | #define IDX_DEBUG 24 |
| 239 | {"debug", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_DEBUG}, |
| 240 | #define IDX_CP932 25 |
| 241 | {"cp932", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPN}, |
| 242 | #define IDX_CP949 26 |
| 243 | {"cp949", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_KOR}, |
| 244 | #define IDX_CP936 27 |
| 245 | {"cp936", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHS}, |
| 246 | #define IDX_CP950 28 |
| 247 | {"cp950", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHT}, |
| 248 | #define IDX_EUC_JP 29 |
| 249 | {"euc-jp", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPNU}, |
| 250 | #define IDX_SJIS 30 |
| 251 | {"sjis", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPN}, |
| 252 | #define IDX_EUC_KR 31 |
| 253 | {"euc-kr", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_KORU}, |
| 254 | #define IDX_EUC_CN 32 |
| 255 | {"euc-cn", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHSU}, |
| 256 | #define IDX_EUC_TW 33 |
| 257 | {"euc-tw", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHTU}, |
| 258 | #define IDX_BIG5 34 |
| 259 | {"big5", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHT}, |
| 260 | #define IDX_CP1251 35 |
| 261 | {"cp1251", ENC_8BIT, 1251}, |
| 262 | #define IDX_MACROMAN 36 |
| 263 | {"macroman", ENC_8BIT + ENC_MACROMAN, 0}, |
| 264 | #define IDX_COUNT 37 |
| 265 | }; |
| 266 | |
| 267 | /* |
| 268 | * Aliases for encoding names. |
| 269 | */ |
| 270 | static struct |
| 271 | { char *name; int canon;} |
| 272 | enc_alias_table[] = |
| 273 | { |
| 274 | {"ansi", IDX_LATIN_1}, |
| 275 | {"iso-8859-1", IDX_LATIN_1}, |
| 276 | {"latin2", IDX_ISO_2}, |
| 277 | {"latin3", IDX_ISO_3}, |
| 278 | {"latin4", IDX_ISO_4}, |
| 279 | {"cyrillic", IDX_ISO_5}, |
| 280 | {"arabic", IDX_ISO_6}, |
| 281 | {"greek", IDX_ISO_7}, |
| 282 | #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 283 | {"hebrew", IDX_CP1255}, |
| 284 | #else |
| 285 | {"hebrew", IDX_ISO_8}, |
| 286 | #endif |
| 287 | {"latin5", IDX_ISO_9}, |
| 288 | {"turkish", IDX_ISO_9}, /* ? */ |
| 289 | {"latin6", IDX_ISO_10}, |
| 290 | {"nordic", IDX_ISO_10}, /* ? */ |
| 291 | {"thai", IDX_ISO_11}, /* ? */ |
| 292 | {"latin7", IDX_ISO_13}, |
| 293 | {"latin8", IDX_ISO_14}, |
| 294 | {"latin9", IDX_ISO_15}, |
| 295 | {"utf8", IDX_UTF8}, |
| 296 | {"unicode", IDX_UCS2}, |
| 297 | {"ucs2", IDX_UCS2}, |
| 298 | {"ucs2be", IDX_UCS2}, |
| 299 | {"ucs-2be", IDX_UCS2}, |
| 300 | {"ucs2le", IDX_UCS2LE}, |
| 301 | {"utf16", IDX_UTF16}, |
| 302 | {"utf16be", IDX_UTF16}, |
| 303 | {"utf-16be", IDX_UTF16}, |
| 304 | {"utf16le", IDX_UTF16LE}, |
| 305 | {"ucs4", IDX_UCS4}, |
| 306 | {"ucs4be", IDX_UCS4}, |
| 307 | {"ucs-4be", IDX_UCS4}, |
| 308 | {"ucs4le", IDX_UCS4LE}, |
| 309 | {"932", IDX_CP932}, |
| 310 | {"949", IDX_CP949}, |
| 311 | {"936", IDX_CP936}, |
| 312 | {"950", IDX_CP950}, |
| 313 | {"eucjp", IDX_EUC_JP}, |
| 314 | {"unix-jis", IDX_EUC_JP}, |
| 315 | {"ujis", IDX_EUC_JP}, |
| 316 | {"shift-jis", IDX_SJIS}, |
| 317 | {"euckr", IDX_EUC_KR}, |
| 318 | {"5601", IDX_EUC_KR}, /* Sun: KS C 5601 */ |
| 319 | {"euccn", IDX_EUC_CN}, |
| 320 | {"gb2312", IDX_EUC_CN}, |
| 321 | {"euctw", IDX_EUC_TW}, |
| 322 | #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX) || defined(MACOS) |
| 323 | {"japan", IDX_CP932}, |
| 324 | {"korea", IDX_CP949}, |
| 325 | {"prc", IDX_CP936}, |
| 326 | {"chinese", IDX_CP936}, |
| 327 | {"taiwan", IDX_CP950}, |
| 328 | {"big5", IDX_CP950}, |
| 329 | #else |
| 330 | {"japan", IDX_EUC_JP}, |
| 331 | {"korea", IDX_EUC_KR}, |
| 332 | {"prc", IDX_EUC_CN}, |
| 333 | {"chinese", IDX_EUC_CN}, |
| 334 | {"taiwan", IDX_EUC_TW}, |
| 335 | {"cp950", IDX_BIG5}, |
| 336 | {"950", IDX_BIG5}, |
| 337 | #endif |
| 338 | {"mac", IDX_MACROMAN}, |
| 339 | {NULL, 0} |
| 340 | }; |
| 341 | |
| 342 | #ifndef CP_UTF8 |
| 343 | # define CP_UTF8 65001 /* magic number from winnls.h */ |
| 344 | #endif |
| 345 | |
| 346 | /* |
| 347 | * Find encoding "name" in the list of canonical encoding names. |
| 348 | * Returns -1 if not found. |
| 349 | */ |
| 350 | static int |
| 351 | enc_canon_search(name) |
| 352 | char_u *name; |
| 353 | { |
| 354 | int i; |
| 355 | |
| 356 | for (i = 0; i < IDX_COUNT; ++i) |
| 357 | if (STRCMP(name, enc_canon_table[i].name) == 0) |
| 358 | return i; |
| 359 | return -1; |
| 360 | } |
| 361 | |
| 362 | #endif |
| 363 | |
| 364 | #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 365 | |
| 366 | /* |
| 367 | * Find canonical encoding "name" in the list and return its properties. |
| 368 | * Returns 0 if not found. |
| 369 | */ |
| 370 | int |
| 371 | enc_canon_props(name) |
| 372 | char_u *name; |
| 373 | { |
| 374 | int i; |
| 375 | |
| 376 | i = enc_canon_search(name); |
| 377 | if (i >= 0) |
| 378 | return enc_canon_table[i].prop; |
| 379 | #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 380 | if (name[0] == 'c' && name[1] == 'p' && VIM_ISDIGIT(name[2])) |
| 381 | { |
| 382 | CPINFO cpinfo; |
| 383 | |
| 384 | /* Get info on this codepage to find out what it is. */ |
| 385 | if (GetCPInfo(atoi(name + 2), &cpinfo) != 0) |
| 386 | { |
| 387 | if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1) /* some single-byte encoding */ |
| 388 | return ENC_8BIT; |
| 389 | if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 2 |
| 390 | && (cpinfo.LeadByte[0] != 0 || cpinfo.LeadByte[1] != 0)) |
| 391 | /* must be a DBCS encoding */ |
| 392 | return ENC_DBCS; |
| 393 | } |
| 394 | return 0; |
| 395 | } |
| 396 | #endif |
| 397 | if (STRNCMP(name, "2byte-", 6) == 0) |
| 398 | return ENC_DBCS; |
| 399 | if (STRNCMP(name, "8bit-", 5) == 0 || STRNCMP(name, "iso-8859-", 9) == 0) |
| 400 | return ENC_8BIT; |
| 401 | return 0; |
| 402 | } |
| 403 | |
| 404 | /* |
| 405 | * Set up for using multi-byte characters. |
| 406 | * Called in three cases: |
| 407 | * - by main() to initialize (p_enc == NULL) |
| 408 | * - by set_init_1() after 'encoding' was set to its default. |
| 409 | * - by do_set() when 'encoding' has been set. |
| 410 | * p_enc must have been passed through enc_canonize() already. |
| 411 | * Sets the "enc_unicode", "enc_utf8", "enc_dbcs" and "has_mbyte" flags. |
| 412 | * Fills mb_bytelen_tab[] and returns NULL when there are no problems. |
| 413 | * When there is something wrong: Returns an error message and doesn't change |
| 414 | * anything. |
| 415 | */ |
| 416 | char_u * |
| 417 | mb_init() |
| 418 | { |
| 419 | int i; |
| 420 | int idx; |
| 421 | int n; |
| 422 | int enc_dbcs_new = 0; |
| 423 | #if defined(USE_ICONV) && !defined(WIN3264) && !defined(WIN32UNIX) \ |
| 424 | && !defined(MACOS) |
| 425 | # define LEN_FROM_CONV |
| 426 | vimconv_T vimconv; |
| 427 | char_u *p; |
| 428 | #endif |
Bram Moolenaar | 15d0a8c | 2004-09-06 17:44:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | #ifdef WIN32 |
| 430 | int prev_enc_utf8 = enc_utf8; |
| 431 | #endif |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | |
| 433 | if (p_enc == NULL) |
| 434 | { |
| 435 | /* Just starting up: set the whole table to one's. */ |
| 436 | for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i) |
| 437 | mb_bytelen_tab[i] = 1; |
| 438 | input_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; |
| 439 | input_conv.vc_factor = 1; |
| 440 | output_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; |
| 441 | return NULL; |
| 442 | } |
| 443 | |
| 444 | #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 445 | if (p_enc[0] == 'c' && p_enc[1] == 'p' && VIM_ISDIGIT(p_enc[2])) |
| 446 | { |
| 447 | CPINFO cpinfo; |
| 448 | |
| 449 | /* Get info on this codepage to find out what it is. */ |
| 450 | if (GetCPInfo(atoi(p_enc + 2), &cpinfo) != 0) |
| 451 | { |
| 452 | if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1) |
| 453 | { |
| 454 | /* some single-byte encoding */ |
| 455 | enc_unicode = 0; |
| 456 | enc_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 457 | } |
| 458 | else if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 2 |
| 459 | && (cpinfo.LeadByte[0] != 0 || cpinfo.LeadByte[1] != 0)) |
| 460 | { |
| 461 | /* must be a DBCS encoding, check below */ |
| 462 | enc_dbcs_new = atoi(p_enc + 2); |
| 463 | } |
| 464 | else |
| 465 | goto codepage_invalid; |
| 466 | } |
| 467 | else if (GetLastError() == ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER) |
| 468 | { |
| 469 | codepage_invalid: |
| 470 | return (char_u *)N_("E543: Not a valid codepage"); |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | } |
| 473 | #endif |
| 474 | else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "8bit-", 5) == 0 |
| 475 | || STRNCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-", 9) == 0) |
| 476 | { |
| 477 | /* Accept any "8bit-" or "iso-8859-" name. */ |
| 478 | enc_unicode = 0; |
| 479 | enc_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 480 | } |
| 481 | else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "2byte-", 6) == 0) |
| 482 | { |
| 483 | #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 484 | /* Windows: accept only valid codepage numbers, check below. */ |
| 485 | if (p_enc[6] != 'c' || p_enc[7] != 'p' |
| 486 | || (enc_dbcs_new = atoi(p_enc + 8)) == 0) |
| 487 | return e_invarg; |
| 488 | #else |
| 489 | /* Unix: accept any "2byte-" name, assume current locale. */ |
| 490 | enc_dbcs_new = DBCS_2BYTE; |
| 491 | #endif |
| 492 | } |
| 493 | else if ((idx = enc_canon_search(p_enc)) >= 0) |
| 494 | { |
| 495 | i = enc_canon_table[idx].prop; |
| 496 | if (i & ENC_UNICODE) |
| 497 | { |
| 498 | /* Unicode */ |
| 499 | enc_utf8 = TRUE; |
| 500 | if (i & (ENC_2BYTE | ENC_2WORD)) |
| 501 | enc_unicode = 2; |
| 502 | else if (i & ENC_4BYTE) |
| 503 | enc_unicode = 4; |
| 504 | else |
| 505 | enc_unicode = 0; |
| 506 | } |
| 507 | else if (i & ENC_DBCS) |
| 508 | { |
| 509 | /* 2byte, handle below */ |
| 510 | enc_dbcs_new = enc_canon_table[idx].codepage; |
| 511 | } |
| 512 | else |
| 513 | { |
| 514 | /* Must be 8-bit. */ |
| 515 | enc_unicode = 0; |
| 516 | enc_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 517 | } |
| 518 | } |
| 519 | else /* Don't know what encoding this is, reject it. */ |
| 520 | return e_invarg; |
| 521 | |
| 522 | if (enc_dbcs_new != 0) |
| 523 | { |
| 524 | #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 525 | /* Check if the DBCS code page is OK. */ |
| 526 | if (!IsValidCodePage(enc_dbcs_new)) |
| 527 | goto codepage_invalid; |
| 528 | #endif |
| 529 | enc_unicode = 0; |
| 530 | enc_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 531 | } |
| 532 | enc_dbcs = enc_dbcs_new; |
| 533 | has_mbyte = (enc_dbcs != 0 || enc_utf8); |
| 534 | |
| 535 | #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 536 | enc_codepage = encname2codepage(p_enc); |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | enc_latin9 = (STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-15") == 0); |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | #endif |
| 539 | |
| 540 | /* |
| 541 | * Set the function pointers. |
| 542 | */ |
| 543 | if (enc_utf8) |
| 544 | { |
| 545 | mb_ptr2len_check = utfc_ptr2len_check; |
| 546 | mb_char2len = utf_char2len; |
| 547 | mb_char2bytes = utf_char2bytes; |
| 548 | mb_ptr2cells = utf_ptr2cells; |
| 549 | mb_char2cells = utf_char2cells; |
| 550 | mb_off2cells = utf_off2cells; |
| 551 | mb_ptr2char = utf_ptr2char; |
| 552 | mb_head_off = utf_head_off; |
| 553 | } |
| 554 | else if (enc_dbcs != 0) |
| 555 | { |
| 556 | mb_ptr2len_check = dbcs_ptr2len_check; |
| 557 | mb_char2len = dbcs_char2len; |
| 558 | mb_char2bytes = dbcs_char2bytes; |
| 559 | mb_ptr2cells = dbcs_ptr2cells; |
| 560 | mb_char2cells = dbcs_char2cells; |
| 561 | mb_off2cells = dbcs_off2cells; |
| 562 | mb_ptr2char = dbcs_ptr2char; |
| 563 | mb_head_off = dbcs_head_off; |
| 564 | } |
| 565 | else |
| 566 | { |
| 567 | mb_ptr2len_check = latin_ptr2len_check; |
| 568 | mb_char2len = latin_char2len; |
| 569 | mb_char2bytes = latin_char2bytes; |
| 570 | mb_ptr2cells = latin_ptr2cells; |
| 571 | mb_char2cells = latin_char2cells; |
| 572 | mb_off2cells = latin_off2cells; |
| 573 | mb_ptr2char = latin_ptr2char; |
| 574 | mb_head_off = latin_head_off; |
| 575 | } |
| 576 | |
| 577 | /* |
| 578 | * Fill the mb_bytelen_tab[] for MB_BYTE2LEN(). |
| 579 | */ |
| 580 | #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV |
| 581 | /* When 'encoding' is different from the current locale mblen() won't |
| 582 | * work. Use conversion to "utf-8" instead. */ |
| 583 | vimconv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; |
| 584 | if (enc_dbcs) |
| 585 | { |
| 586 | p = enc_locale(); |
| 587 | if (p == NULL || STRCMP(p, p_enc) != 0) |
| 588 | { |
| 589 | convert_setup(&vimconv, p_enc, (char_u *)"utf-8"); |
| 590 | vimconv.vc_fail = TRUE; |
| 591 | } |
| 592 | vim_free(p); |
| 593 | } |
| 594 | #endif |
| 595 | |
| 596 | for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i) |
| 597 | { |
| 598 | /* Our own function to reliably check the length of UTF-8 characters, |
| 599 | * independent of mblen(). */ |
| 600 | if (enc_utf8) |
| 601 | n = utf8len_tab[i]; |
| 602 | else if (enc_dbcs == 0) |
| 603 | n = 1; |
| 604 | else |
| 605 | { |
| 606 | #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX) |
| 607 | /* enc_dbcs is set by setting 'fileencoding'. It becomes a Windows |
| 608 | * CodePage identifier, which we can pass directly in to Windows |
| 609 | * API */ |
| 610 | n = IsDBCSLeadByteEx(enc_dbcs, (BYTE)i) ? 2 : 1; |
| 611 | #else |
| 612 | # ifdef MACOS |
| 613 | /* |
| 614 | * if mblen() is not available, character which MSB is turned on |
| 615 | * are treated as leading byte character. (note : This assumption |
| 616 | * is not always true.) |
| 617 | */ |
| 618 | n = (i & 0x80) ? 2 : 1; |
| 619 | # else |
| 620 | char buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; |
| 621 | # ifdef X_LOCALE |
| 622 | # ifndef mblen |
| 623 | # define mblen _Xmblen |
| 624 | # endif |
| 625 | # endif |
| 626 | if (i == NUL) /* just in case mblen() can't handle "" */ |
| 627 | n = 1; |
| 628 | else |
| 629 | { |
| 630 | buf[0] = i; |
| 631 | buf[1] = 0; |
| 632 | #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV |
| 633 | if (vimconv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) |
| 634 | { |
| 635 | /* |
| 636 | * string_convert() should fail when converting the first |
| 637 | * byte of a double-byte character. |
| 638 | */ |
| 639 | p = string_convert(&vimconv, (char_u *)buf, NULL); |
| 640 | if (p != NULL) |
| 641 | { |
| 642 | vim_free(p); |
| 643 | n = 1; |
| 644 | } |
| 645 | else |
| 646 | n = 2; |
| 647 | } |
| 648 | else |
| 649 | #endif |
| 650 | { |
| 651 | /* |
| 652 | * mblen() should return -1 for invalid (means the leading |
| 653 | * multibyte) character. However there are some platforms |
| 654 | * where mblen() returns 0 for invalid character. |
| 655 | * Therefore, following condition includes 0. |
| 656 | */ |
| 657 | if (mblen(buf, (size_t)1) <= 0) |
| 658 | n = 2; |
| 659 | else |
| 660 | n = 1; |
| 661 | } |
| 662 | } |
| 663 | # endif |
| 664 | #endif |
| 665 | } |
| 666 | |
| 667 | mb_bytelen_tab[i] = n; |
| 668 | } |
| 669 | |
| 670 | #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV |
| 671 | convert_setup(&vimconv, NULL, NULL); |
| 672 | #endif |
| 673 | |
| 674 | /* The cell width depends on the type of multi-byte characters. */ |
| 675 | (void)init_chartab(); |
| 676 | |
| 677 | /* When enc_utf8 is set or reset, (de)allocate ScreenLinesUC[] */ |
| 678 | screenalloc(FALSE); |
| 679 | |
| 680 | /* When using Unicode, set default for 'fileencodings'. */ |
| 681 | if (enc_utf8 && !option_was_set((char_u *)"fencs")) |
| 682 | set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fencs", -1, |
| 683 | (char_u *)"ucs-bom,utf-8,latin1", OPT_FREE); |
| 684 | #if defined(HAVE_BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET) && defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) |
| 685 | /* GNU gettext 0.10.37 supports this feature: set the codeset used for |
| 686 | * translated messages independently from the current locale. */ |
| 687 | (void)bind_textdomain_codeset(VIMPACKAGE, |
| 688 | enc_utf8 ? "utf-8" : (char *)p_enc); |
| 689 | #endif |
| 690 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 15d0a8c | 2004-09-06 17:44:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | #ifdef WIN32 |
| 692 | /* When changing 'encoding' while starting up, then convert the command |
| 693 | * line arguments from the active codepage to 'encoding'. */ |
| 694 | if (starting != 0) |
| 695 | { |
| 696 | extern void fix_arg_enc(void); |
| 697 | |
| 698 | fix_arg_enc(); |
| 699 | } |
| 700 | #endif |
| 701 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 703 | /* Fire an autocommand to let people do custom font setup. This must be |
| 704 | * after Vim has been setup for the new encoding. */ |
| 705 | apply_autocmds(EVENT_ENCODINGCHANGED, NULL, (char_u *)"", FALSE, curbuf); |
| 706 | #endif |
| 707 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 843ee41 | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | #ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE |
| 709 | if (gui.in_use) |
| 710 | gui_mch_update_codec(); |
| 711 | #endif |
| 712 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | return NULL; |
| 714 | } |
| 715 | |
| 716 | /* |
| 717 | * Return the size of the BOM for the current buffer: |
| 718 | * 0 - no BOM |
| 719 | * 2 - UCS-2 or UTF-16 BOM |
| 720 | * 4 - UCS-4 BOM |
| 721 | * 3 - UTF-8 BOM |
| 722 | */ |
| 723 | int |
| 724 | bomb_size() |
| 725 | { |
| 726 | int n = 0; |
| 727 | |
| 728 | if (curbuf->b_p_bomb && !curbuf->b_p_bin) |
| 729 | { |
| 730 | if (*curbuf->b_p_fenc == NUL) |
| 731 | { |
| 732 | if (enc_utf8) |
| 733 | { |
| 734 | if (enc_unicode != 0) |
| 735 | n = enc_unicode; |
| 736 | else |
| 737 | n = 3; |
| 738 | } |
| 739 | } |
| 740 | else if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "utf-8") == 0) |
| 741 | n = 3; |
| 742 | else if (STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "ucs-2", 5) == 0 |
| 743 | || STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "utf-16", 6) == 0) |
| 744 | n = 2; |
| 745 | else if (STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "ucs-4", 5) == 0) |
| 746 | n = 4; |
| 747 | } |
| 748 | return n; |
| 749 | } |
| 750 | |
| 751 | /* |
| 752 | * Get class of pointer: |
| 753 | * 0 for blank or NUL |
| 754 | * 1 for punctuation |
| 755 | * 2 for an (ASCII) word character |
| 756 | * >2 for other word characters |
| 757 | */ |
| 758 | int |
| 759 | mb_get_class(p) |
| 760 | char_u *p; |
| 761 | { |
| 762 | if (MB_BYTE2LEN(p[0]) == 1) |
| 763 | { |
| 764 | if (p[0] == NUL || vim_iswhite(p[0])) |
| 765 | return 0; |
| 766 | if (vim_iswordc(p[0])) |
| 767 | return 2; |
| 768 | return 1; |
| 769 | } |
| 770 | if (enc_dbcs != 0 && p[0] != NUL && p[1] != NUL) |
| 771 | return dbcs_class(p[0], p[1]); |
| 772 | if (enc_utf8) |
| 773 | return utf_class(utf_ptr2char(p)); |
| 774 | return 0; |
| 775 | } |
| 776 | |
| 777 | /* |
| 778 | * Get class of a double-byte character. This always returns 3 or bigger. |
| 779 | * TODO: Should return 1 for punctuation. |
| 780 | */ |
| 781 | int |
| 782 | dbcs_class(lead, trail) |
| 783 | unsigned lead; |
| 784 | unsigned trail; |
| 785 | { |
| 786 | switch (enc_dbcs) |
| 787 | { |
| 788 | /* please add classfy routine for your language in here */ |
| 789 | |
| 790 | case DBCS_JPNU: /* ? */ |
| 791 | case DBCS_JPN: |
| 792 | { |
| 793 | /* JIS code classification */ |
| 794 | unsigned char lb = lead; |
| 795 | unsigned char tb = trail; |
| 796 | |
| 797 | /* convert process code to JIS */ |
| 798 | # if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX) || defined(MACOS) |
| 799 | /* process code is SJIS */ |
| 800 | if (lb <= 0x9f) |
| 801 | lb = (lb - 0x81) * 2 + 0x21; |
| 802 | else |
| 803 | lb = (lb - 0xc1) * 2 + 0x21; |
| 804 | if (tb <= 0x7e) |
| 805 | tb -= 0x1f; |
| 806 | else if (tb <= 0x9e) |
| 807 | tb -= 0x20; |
| 808 | else |
| 809 | { |
| 810 | tb -= 0x7e; |
| 811 | lb += 1; |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | # else |
| 814 | /* |
| 815 | * XXX: Code page identification can not use with all |
| 816 | * system! So, some other encoding information |
| 817 | * will be needed. |
| 818 | * In japanese: SJIS,EUC,UNICODE,(JIS) |
| 819 | * Note that JIS-code system don't use as |
| 820 | * process code in most system because it uses |
| 821 | * escape sequences(JIS is context depend encoding). |
| 822 | */ |
| 823 | /* assume process code is JAPANESE-EUC */ |
| 824 | lb &= 0x7f; |
| 825 | tb &= 0x7f; |
| 826 | # endif |
| 827 | /* exceptions */ |
| 828 | switch (lb << 8 | tb) |
| 829 | { |
| 830 | case 0x2121: /* ZENKAKU space */ |
| 831 | return 0; |
| 832 | case 0x2122: /* KU-TEN (Japanese comma) */ |
| 833 | case 0x2123: /* TOU-TEN (Japanese period) */ |
| 834 | case 0x2124: /* ZENKAKU comma */ |
| 835 | case 0x2125: /* ZENKAKU period */ |
| 836 | return 1; |
| 837 | case 0x213c: /* prolongedsound handled as KATAKANA */ |
| 838 | return 13; |
| 839 | } |
| 840 | /* sieved by KU code */ |
| 841 | switch (lb) |
| 842 | { |
| 843 | case 0x21: |
| 844 | case 0x22: |
| 845 | /* special symbols */ |
| 846 | return 10; |
| 847 | case 0x23: |
| 848 | /* alpha-numeric */ |
| 849 | return 11; |
| 850 | case 0x24: |
| 851 | /* hiragana */ |
| 852 | return 12; |
| 853 | case 0x25: |
| 854 | /* katakana */ |
| 855 | return 13; |
| 856 | case 0x26: |
| 857 | /* greek */ |
| 858 | return 14; |
| 859 | case 0x27: |
| 860 | /* russian */ |
| 861 | return 15; |
| 862 | case 0x28: |
| 863 | /* lines */ |
| 864 | return 16; |
| 865 | default: |
| 866 | /* kanji */ |
| 867 | return 17; |
| 868 | } |
| 869 | } |
| 870 | |
| 871 | case DBCS_KORU: /* ? */ |
| 872 | case DBCS_KOR: |
| 873 | { |
| 874 | /* KS code classification */ |
| 875 | unsigned char c1 = lead; |
| 876 | unsigned char c2 = trail; |
| 877 | |
| 878 | /* |
| 879 | * 20 : Hangul |
| 880 | * 21 : Hanja |
| 881 | * 22 : Symbols |
| 882 | * 23 : Alpha-numeric/Roman Letter (Full width) |
| 883 | * 24 : Hangul Letter(Alphabet) |
| 884 | * 25 : Roman Numeral/Greek Letter |
| 885 | * 26 : Box Drawings |
| 886 | * 27 : Unit Symbols |
| 887 | * 28 : Circled/Parenthesized Letter |
| 888 | * 29 : Hirigana/Katakana |
| 889 | * 30 : Cyrillic Letter |
| 890 | */ |
| 891 | |
| 892 | if (c1 >= 0xB0 && c1 <= 0xC8) |
| 893 | /* Hangul */ |
| 894 | return 20; |
| 895 | #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX) |
| 896 | else if (c1 <= 0xA0 || c2 <= 0xA0) |
| 897 | /* Extended Hangul Region : MS UHC(Unified Hangul Code) */ |
| 898 | /* c1: 0x81-0xA0 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xFE |
| 899 | * c1: 0xA1-0xC6 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xA0 |
| 900 | */ |
| 901 | return 20; |
| 902 | #endif |
| 903 | |
| 904 | else if (c1 >= 0xCA && c1 <= 0xFD) |
| 905 | /* Hanja */ |
| 906 | return 21; |
| 907 | else switch (c1) |
| 908 | { |
| 909 | case 0xA1: |
| 910 | case 0xA2: |
| 911 | /* Symbols */ |
| 912 | return 22; |
| 913 | case 0xA3: |
| 914 | /* Alpha-numeric */ |
| 915 | return 23; |
| 916 | case 0xA4: |
| 917 | /* Hangul Letter(Alphabet) */ |
| 918 | return 24; |
| 919 | case 0xA5: |
| 920 | /* Roman Numeral/Greek Letter */ |
| 921 | return 25; |
| 922 | case 0xA6: |
| 923 | /* Box Drawings */ |
| 924 | return 26; |
| 925 | case 0xA7: |
| 926 | /* Unit Symbols */ |
| 927 | return 27; |
| 928 | case 0xA8: |
| 929 | case 0xA9: |
| 930 | if (c2 <= 0xAF) |
| 931 | return 25; /* Roman Letter */ |
| 932 | else if (c2 >= 0xF6) |
| 933 | return 22; /* Symbols */ |
| 934 | else |
| 935 | /* Circled/Parenthesized Letter */ |
| 936 | return 28; |
| 937 | case 0xAA: |
| 938 | case 0xAB: |
| 939 | /* Hirigana/Katakana */ |
| 940 | return 29; |
| 941 | case 0xAC: |
| 942 | /* Cyrillic Letter */ |
| 943 | return 30; |
| 944 | } |
| 945 | } |
| 946 | default: |
| 947 | break; |
| 948 | } |
| 949 | return 3; |
| 950 | } |
| 951 | |
| 952 | /* |
| 953 | * mb_char2len() function pointer. |
| 954 | * Return length in bytes of character "c". |
| 955 | * Returns 1 for a single-byte character. |
| 956 | */ |
| 957 | /* ARGSUSED */ |
| 958 | int |
| 959 | latin_char2len(c) |
| 960 | int c; |
| 961 | { |
| 962 | return 1; |
| 963 | } |
| 964 | |
| 965 | static int |
| 966 | dbcs_char2len(c) |
| 967 | int c; |
| 968 | { |
| 969 | if (c >= 0x100) |
| 970 | return 2; |
| 971 | return 1; |
| 972 | } |
| 973 | |
| 974 | /* |
| 975 | * mb_char2bytes() function pointer. |
| 976 | * Convert a character to its bytes. |
| 977 | * Returns the length in bytes. |
| 978 | */ |
| 979 | int |
| 980 | latin_char2bytes(c, buf) |
| 981 | int c; |
| 982 | char_u *buf; |
| 983 | { |
| 984 | buf[0] = c; |
| 985 | return 1; |
| 986 | } |
| 987 | |
| 988 | static int |
| 989 | dbcs_char2bytes(c, buf) |
| 990 | int c; |
| 991 | char_u *buf; |
| 992 | { |
| 993 | if (c >= 0x100) |
| 994 | { |
| 995 | buf[0] = (unsigned)c >> 8; |
| 996 | buf[1] = c; |
| 997 | return 2; |
| 998 | } |
| 999 | buf[0] = c; |
| 1000 | return 1; |
| 1001 | } |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | /* |
| 1004 | * mb_ptr2len_check() function pointer. |
| 1005 | * Get byte length of character at "*p" but stop at a NUL. |
| 1006 | * For UTF-8 this includes following composing characters. |
| 1007 | * Returns 0 when *p is NUL. |
| 1008 | * |
| 1009 | */ |
| 1010 | int |
| 1011 | latin_ptr2len_check(p) |
| 1012 | char_u *p; |
| 1013 | { |
| 1014 | return MB_BYTE2LEN(*p); |
| 1015 | } |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | static int |
| 1018 | dbcs_ptr2len_check(p) |
| 1019 | char_u *p; |
| 1020 | { |
| 1021 | int len; |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | /* Check if second byte is not missing. */ |
| 1024 | len = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p); |
| 1025 | if (len == 2 && p[1] == NUL) |
| 1026 | len = 1; |
| 1027 | return len; |
| 1028 | } |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | struct interval |
| 1031 | { |
| 1032 | unsigned short first; |
| 1033 | unsigned short last; |
| 1034 | }; |
| 1035 | static int intable __ARGS((struct interval *table, size_t size, int c)); |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 | /* |
| 1038 | * Return TRUE if "c" is in "table[size / sizeof(struct interval)]". |
| 1039 | */ |
| 1040 | static int |
| 1041 | intable(table, size, c) |
| 1042 | struct interval *table; |
| 1043 | size_t size; |
| 1044 | int c; |
| 1045 | { |
| 1046 | int mid, bot, top; |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | /* first quick check for Latin1 etc. characters */ |
| 1049 | if (c < table[0].first) |
| 1050 | return FALSE; |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | /* binary search in table */ |
| 1053 | bot = 0; |
| 1054 | top = size / sizeof(struct interval) - 1; |
| 1055 | while (top >= bot) |
| 1056 | { |
| 1057 | mid = (bot + top) / 2; |
| 1058 | if (table[mid].last < c) |
| 1059 | bot = mid + 1; |
| 1060 | else if (table[mid].first > c) |
| 1061 | top = mid - 1; |
| 1062 | else |
| 1063 | return TRUE; |
| 1064 | } |
| 1065 | return FALSE; |
| 1066 | } |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | /* |
| 1069 | * For UTF-8 character "c" return 2 for a double-width character, 1 for others. |
| 1070 | * Returns 4 or 6 for an unprintable character. |
| 1071 | * Is only correct for characters >= 0x80. |
| 1072 | * When p_ambw is "double", return 2 for a character with East Asian Width |
| 1073 | * class 'A'(mbiguous). |
| 1074 | */ |
| 1075 | int |
| 1076 | utf_char2cells(c) |
| 1077 | int c; |
| 1078 | { |
| 1079 | /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous |
| 1080 | * characters, generated with: |
| 1081 | * "uniset +WIDTH-A -cat=Me -cat=Mn -cat=Cf c" */ |
| 1082 | static struct interval ambiguous[] = { |
| 1083 | {0x00A1, 0x00A1}, {0x00A4, 0x00A4}, {0x00A7, 0x00A8}, |
| 1084 | {0x00AA, 0x00AA}, {0x00AE, 0x00AE}, {0x00B0, 0x00B4}, |
| 1085 | {0x00B6, 0x00BA}, {0x00BC, 0x00BF}, {0x00C6, 0x00C6}, |
| 1086 | {0x00D0, 0x00D0}, {0x00D7, 0x00D8}, {0x00DE, 0x00E1}, |
| 1087 | {0x00E6, 0x00E6}, {0x00E8, 0x00EA}, {0x00EC, 0x00ED}, |
| 1088 | {0x00F0, 0x00F0}, {0x00F2, 0x00F3}, {0x00F7, 0x00FA}, |
| 1089 | {0x00FC, 0x00FC}, {0x00FE, 0x00FE}, {0x0101, 0x0101}, |
| 1090 | {0x0111, 0x0111}, {0x0113, 0x0113}, {0x011B, 0x011B}, |
| 1091 | {0x0126, 0x0127}, {0x012B, 0x012B}, {0x0131, 0x0133}, |
| 1092 | {0x0138, 0x0138}, {0x013F, 0x0142}, {0x0144, 0x0144}, |
| 1093 | {0x0148, 0x014B}, {0x014D, 0x014D}, {0x0152, 0x0153}, |
| 1094 | {0x0166, 0x0167}, {0x016B, 0x016B}, {0x01CE, 0x01CE}, |
| 1095 | {0x01D0, 0x01D0}, {0x01D2, 0x01D2}, {0x01D4, 0x01D4}, |
| 1096 | {0x01D6, 0x01D6}, {0x01D8, 0x01D8}, {0x01DA, 0x01DA}, |
| 1097 | {0x01DC, 0x01DC}, {0x0251, 0x0251}, {0x0261, 0x0261}, |
| 1098 | {0x02C4, 0x02C4}, {0x02C7, 0x02C7}, {0x02C9, 0x02CB}, |
| 1099 | {0x02CD, 0x02CD}, {0x02D0, 0x02D0}, {0x02D8, 0x02DB}, |
| 1100 | {0x02DD, 0x02DD}, {0x02DF, 0x02DF}, {0x0391, 0x03A1}, |
| 1101 | {0x03A3, 0x03A9}, {0x03B1, 0x03C1}, {0x03C3, 0x03C9}, |
| 1102 | {0x0401, 0x0401}, {0x0410, 0x044F}, {0x0451, 0x0451}, |
| 1103 | {0x2010, 0x2010}, {0x2013, 0x2016}, {0x2018, 0x2019}, |
| 1104 | {0x201C, 0x201D}, {0x2020, 0x2022}, {0x2024, 0x2027}, |
| 1105 | {0x2030, 0x2030}, {0x2032, 0x2033}, {0x2035, 0x2035}, |
| 1106 | {0x203B, 0x203B}, {0x203E, 0x203E}, {0x2074, 0x2074}, |
| 1107 | {0x207F, 0x207F}, {0x2081, 0x2084}, {0x20AC, 0x20AC}, |
| 1108 | {0x2103, 0x2103}, {0x2105, 0x2105}, {0x2109, 0x2109}, |
| 1109 | {0x2113, 0x2113}, {0x2116, 0x2116}, {0x2121, 0x2122}, |
| 1110 | {0x2126, 0x2126}, {0x212B, 0x212B}, {0x2153, 0x2154}, |
| 1111 | {0x215B, 0x215E}, {0x2160, 0x216B}, {0x2170, 0x2179}, |
| 1112 | {0x2190, 0x2199}, {0x21B8, 0x21B9}, {0x21D2, 0x21D2}, |
| 1113 | {0x21D4, 0x21D4}, {0x21E7, 0x21E7}, {0x2200, 0x2200}, |
| 1114 | {0x2202, 0x2203}, {0x2207, 0x2208}, {0x220B, 0x220B}, |
| 1115 | {0x220F, 0x220F}, {0x2211, 0x2211}, {0x2215, 0x2215}, |
| 1116 | {0x221A, 0x221A}, {0x221D, 0x2220}, {0x2223, 0x2223}, |
| 1117 | {0x2225, 0x2225}, {0x2227, 0x222C}, {0x222E, 0x222E}, |
| 1118 | {0x2234, 0x2237}, {0x223C, 0x223D}, {0x2248, 0x2248}, |
| 1119 | {0x224C, 0x224C}, {0x2252, 0x2252}, {0x2260, 0x2261}, |
| 1120 | {0x2264, 0x2267}, {0x226A, 0x226B}, {0x226E, 0x226F}, |
| 1121 | {0x2282, 0x2283}, {0x2286, 0x2287}, {0x2295, 0x2295}, |
| 1122 | {0x2299, 0x2299}, {0x22A5, 0x22A5}, {0x22BF, 0x22BF}, |
| 1123 | {0x2312, 0x2312}, {0x2460, 0x24E9}, {0x24EB, 0x254B}, |
| 1124 | {0x2550, 0x2573}, {0x2580, 0x258F}, {0x2592, 0x2595}, |
| 1125 | {0x25A0, 0x25A1}, {0x25A3, 0x25A9}, {0x25B2, 0x25B3}, |
| 1126 | {0x25B6, 0x25B7}, {0x25BC, 0x25BD}, {0x25C0, 0x25C1}, |
| 1127 | {0x25C6, 0x25C8}, {0x25CB, 0x25CB}, {0x25CE, 0x25D1}, |
| 1128 | {0x25E2, 0x25E5}, {0x25EF, 0x25EF}, {0x2605, 0x2606}, |
| 1129 | {0x2609, 0x2609}, {0x260E, 0x260F}, {0x2614, 0x2615}, |
| 1130 | {0x261C, 0x261C}, {0x261E, 0x261E}, {0x2640, 0x2640}, |
| 1131 | {0x2642, 0x2642}, {0x2660, 0x2661}, {0x2663, 0x2665}, |
| 1132 | {0x2667, 0x266A}, {0x266C, 0x266D}, {0x266F, 0x266F}, |
| 1133 | {0x273D, 0x273D}, {0x2776, 0x277F}, {0xE000, 0xF8FF}, |
| 1134 | {0xFFFD, 0xFFFD}, /* {0xF0000, 0xFFFFD}, {0x100000, 0x10FFFD} */ |
| 1135 | }; |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | if (c >= 0x100) |
| 1138 | { |
| 1139 | #ifdef USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS |
| 1140 | /* |
| 1141 | * Assume the library function wcwidth() works better than our own |
| 1142 | * stuff. It should return 1 for ambiguous width chars! |
| 1143 | */ |
| 1144 | int n = wcwidth(c); |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 | if (n < 0) |
| 1147 | return 6; /* unprintable, displays <xxxx> */ |
| 1148 | if (n > 1) |
| 1149 | return n; |
| 1150 | #else |
| 1151 | if (!utf_printable(c)) |
| 1152 | return 6; /* unprintable, displays <xxxx> */ |
| 1153 | if (c >= 0x1100 |
| 1154 | && (c <= 0x115f /* Hangul Jamo */ |
| 1155 | || c == 0x2329 |
| 1156 | || c == 0x232a |
| 1157 | || (c >= 0x2e80 && c <= 0xa4cf |
| 1158 | && c != 0x303f) /* CJK ... Yi */ |
| 1159 | || (c >= 0xac00 && c <= 0xd7a3) /* Hangul Syllables */ |
| 1160 | || (c >= 0xf900 && c <= 0xfaff) /* CJK Compatibility |
| 1161 | Ideographs */ |
| 1162 | || (c >= 0xfe30 && c <= 0xfe6f) /* CJK Compatibility Forms */ |
| 1163 | || (c >= 0xff00 && c <= 0xff60) /* Fullwidth Forms */ |
| 1164 | || (c >= 0xffe0 && c <= 0xffe6) |
| 1165 | || (c >= 0x20000 && c <= 0x2fffd) |
| 1166 | || (c >= 0x30000 && c <= 0x3fffd))) |
| 1167 | return 2; |
| 1168 | #endif |
| 1169 | } |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | /* Characters below 0x100 are influenced by 'isprint' option */ |
| 1172 | else if (c >= 0x80 && !vim_isprintc(c)) |
| 1173 | return 4; /* unprintable, displays <xx> */ |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | if (c >= 0x80 && *p_ambw == 'd' && intable(ambiguous, sizeof(ambiguous), c)) |
| 1176 | return 2; |
| 1177 | |
| 1178 | return 1; |
| 1179 | } |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 | /* |
| 1182 | * mb_ptr2cells() function pointer. |
| 1183 | * Return the number of display cells character at "*p" occupies. |
| 1184 | * This doesn't take care of unprintable characters, use ptr2cells() for that. |
| 1185 | */ |
| 1186 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 1187 | int |
| 1188 | latin_ptr2cells(p) |
| 1189 | char_u *p; |
| 1190 | { |
| 1191 | return 1; |
| 1192 | } |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | int |
| 1195 | utf_ptr2cells(p) |
| 1196 | char_u *p; |
| 1197 | { |
| 1198 | int c; |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | /* Need to convert to a wide character. */ |
| 1201 | if (*p >= 0x80) |
| 1202 | { |
| 1203 | c = utf_ptr2char(p); |
| 1204 | /* An illegal byte is displayed as <xx>. */ |
| 1205 | if (utf_ptr2len_check(p) == 1 || c == NUL) |
| 1206 | return 4; |
| 1207 | /* If the char is ASCII it must be an overlong sequence. */ |
| 1208 | if (c < 0x80) |
| 1209 | return char2cells(c); |
| 1210 | return utf_char2cells(c); |
| 1211 | } |
| 1212 | return 1; |
| 1213 | } |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | int |
| 1216 | dbcs_ptr2cells(p) |
| 1217 | char_u *p; |
| 1218 | { |
| 1219 | /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when |
| 1220 | * the first byte is 0x8e. */ |
| 1221 | if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
| 1222 | return 1; |
| 1223 | return MB_BYTE2LEN(*p); |
| 1224 | } |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | /* |
| 1227 | * mb_char2cells() function pointer. |
| 1228 | * Return the number of display cells character "c" occupies. |
| 1229 | * Only takes care of multi-byte chars, not "^C" and such. |
| 1230 | */ |
| 1231 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 1232 | int |
| 1233 | latin_char2cells(c) |
| 1234 | int c; |
| 1235 | { |
| 1236 | return 1; |
| 1237 | } |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 | static int |
| 1240 | dbcs_char2cells(c) |
| 1241 | int c; |
| 1242 | { |
| 1243 | /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when |
| 1244 | * the first byte is 0x8e. */ |
| 1245 | if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ((unsigned)c >> 8) == 0x8e) |
| 1246 | return 1; |
| 1247 | /* use the first byte */ |
| 1248 | return MB_BYTE2LEN((unsigned)c >> 8); |
| 1249 | } |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 | /* |
| 1252 | * mb_off2cells() function pointer. |
| 1253 | * Return number of display cells for char at ScreenLines[off]. |
| 1254 | * Caller must make sure "off" and "off + 1" are valid! |
| 1255 | */ |
| 1256 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 1257 | int |
| 1258 | latin_off2cells(off) |
| 1259 | unsigned off; |
| 1260 | { |
| 1261 | return 1; |
| 1262 | } |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 | int |
| 1265 | dbcs_off2cells(off) |
| 1266 | unsigned off; |
| 1267 | { |
| 1268 | /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when |
| 1269 | * the first byte is 0x8e. */ |
| 1270 | if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) |
| 1271 | return 1; |
| 1272 | return MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off]); |
| 1273 | } |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 | int |
| 1276 | utf_off2cells(off) |
| 1277 | unsigned off; |
| 1278 | { |
| 1279 | return ScreenLines[off + 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; |
| 1280 | } |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | /* |
| 1283 | * mb_ptr2char() function pointer. |
| 1284 | * Convert a byte sequence into a character. |
| 1285 | */ |
| 1286 | int |
| 1287 | latin_ptr2char(p) |
| 1288 | char_u *p; |
| 1289 | { |
| 1290 | return *p; |
| 1291 | } |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 | static int |
| 1294 | dbcs_ptr2char(p) |
| 1295 | char_u *p; |
| 1296 | { |
| 1297 | if (MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) > 1 && p[1] != NUL) |
| 1298 | return (p[0] << 8) + p[1]; |
| 1299 | return *p; |
| 1300 | } |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | /* |
| 1303 | * Convert a UTF-8 byte sequence to a wide character. |
| 1304 | * If the sequence is illegal or truncated by a NUL the first byte is |
| 1305 | * returned. |
| 1306 | * Does not include composing characters, of course. |
| 1307 | */ |
| 1308 | int |
| 1309 | utf_ptr2char(p) |
| 1310 | char_u *p; |
| 1311 | { |
| 1312 | int len; |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | if (p[0] < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */ |
| 1315 | return p[0]; |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | len = utf8len_tab[p[0]]; |
| 1318 | if ((p[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80) |
| 1319 | { |
| 1320 | if (len == 2) |
| 1321 | return ((p[0] & 0x1f) << 6) + (p[1] & 0x3f); |
| 1322 | if ((p[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80) |
| 1323 | { |
| 1324 | if (len == 3) |
| 1325 | return ((p[0] & 0x0f) << 12) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 6) |
| 1326 | + (p[2] & 0x3f); |
| 1327 | if ((p[3] & 0xc0) == 0x80) |
| 1328 | { |
| 1329 | if (len == 4) |
| 1330 | return ((p[0] & 0x07) << 18) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 12) |
| 1331 | + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 6) + (p[3] & 0x3f); |
| 1332 | if ((p[4] & 0xc0) == 0x80) |
| 1333 | { |
| 1334 | if (len == 5) |
| 1335 | return ((p[0] & 0x03) << 24) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 18) |
| 1336 | + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 12) + ((p[3] & 0x3f) << 6) |
| 1337 | + (p[4] & 0x3f); |
| 1338 | if ((p[5] & 0xc0) == 0x80 && len == 6) |
| 1339 | return ((p[0] & 0x01) << 30) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 24) |
| 1340 | + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 18) + ((p[3] & 0x3f) << 12) |
| 1341 | + ((p[4] & 0x3f) << 6) + (p[5] & 0x3f); |
| 1342 | } |
| 1343 | } |
| 1344 | } |
| 1345 | } |
| 1346 | /* Illegal value, just return the first byte */ |
| 1347 | return p[0]; |
| 1348 | } |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | /* |
| 1351 | * Get character at **pp and advance *pp to the next character. |
| 1352 | * Note: composing characters are skipped! |
| 1353 | */ |
| 1354 | int |
| 1355 | mb_ptr2char_adv(pp) |
| 1356 | char_u **pp; |
| 1357 | { |
| 1358 | int c; |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | c = (*mb_ptr2char)(*pp); |
| 1361 | *pp += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(*pp); |
| 1362 | return c; |
| 1363 | } |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | #if defined(FEAT_ARABIC) || defined(PROTO) |
| 1366 | /* |
| 1367 | * Check whether we are dealing with Arabic combining characters. |
| 1368 | * Note: these are NOT really composing characters! |
| 1369 | */ |
| 1370 | int |
| 1371 | arabic_combine(one, two) |
| 1372 | int one; /* first character */ |
| 1373 | int two; /* character just after "one" */ |
| 1374 | { |
| 1375 | if (one == a_LAM) |
| 1376 | return arabic_maycombine(two); |
| 1377 | return FALSE; |
| 1378 | } |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 | /* |
| 1381 | * Check whether we are dealing with a character that could be regarded as an |
| 1382 | * Arabic combining character, need to check the character before this. |
| 1383 | */ |
| 1384 | int |
| 1385 | arabic_maycombine(two) |
| 1386 | int two; |
| 1387 | { |
| 1388 | if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi) |
| 1389 | return (two == a_ALEF_MADDA |
| 1390 | || two == a_ALEF_HAMZA_ABOVE |
| 1391 | || two == a_ALEF_HAMZA_BELOW |
| 1392 | || two == a_ALEF); |
| 1393 | return FALSE; |
| 1394 | } |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | /* |
| 1397 | * Check if the character pointed to by "p2" is a composing character when it |
| 1398 | * comes after "p1". For Arabic sometimes "ab" is replaced with "c", which |
| 1399 | * behaves like a composing character. |
| 1400 | */ |
| 1401 | int |
| 1402 | utf_composinglike(p1, p2) |
| 1403 | char_u *p1; |
| 1404 | char_u *p2; |
| 1405 | { |
| 1406 | int c2; |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | c2 = utf_ptr2char(p2); |
| 1409 | if (utf_iscomposing(c2)) |
| 1410 | return TRUE; |
| 1411 | if (!arabic_maycombine(c2)) |
| 1412 | return FALSE; |
| 1413 | return arabic_combine(utf_ptr2char(p1), c2); |
| 1414 | } |
| 1415 | #endif |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | /* |
| 1418 | * Convert a UTF-8 byte string to a wide chararacter. Also get up to two |
| 1419 | * composing characters. |
| 1420 | */ |
| 1421 | int |
| 1422 | utfc_ptr2char(p, p1, p2) |
| 1423 | char_u *p; |
| 1424 | int *p1; /* return: first composing char or 0 */ |
| 1425 | int *p2; /* return: second composing char or 0 */ |
| 1426 | { |
| 1427 | int len; |
| 1428 | int c; |
| 1429 | int cc; |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | c = utf_ptr2char(p); |
| 1432 | len = utf_ptr2len_check(p); |
| 1433 | /* Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal. */ |
| 1434 | if ((len > 1 || *p < 0x80) |
| 1435 | && p[len] >= 0x80 |
| 1436 | && UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p, p + len)) |
| 1437 | { |
| 1438 | *p1 = utf_ptr2char(p + len); |
| 1439 | len += utf_ptr2len_check(p + len); |
| 1440 | if (p[len] >= 0x80 && utf_iscomposing(cc = utf_ptr2char(p + len))) |
| 1441 | *p2 = cc; |
| 1442 | else |
| 1443 | *p2 = 0; |
| 1444 | } |
| 1445 | else |
| 1446 | { |
| 1447 | *p1 = 0; |
| 1448 | *p2 = 0; |
| 1449 | } |
| 1450 | return c; |
| 1451 | } |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | /* |
| 1454 | * Convert a UTF-8 byte string to a wide chararacter. Also get up to two |
| 1455 | * composing characters. Use no more than p[maxlen]. |
| 1456 | */ |
| 1457 | int |
| 1458 | utfc_ptr2char_len(p, p1, p2, maxlen) |
| 1459 | char_u *p; |
| 1460 | int *p1; /* return: first composing char or 0 */ |
| 1461 | int *p2; /* return: second composing char or 0 */ |
| 1462 | int maxlen; |
| 1463 | { |
| 1464 | int len; |
| 1465 | int c; |
| 1466 | int cc; |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 | c = utf_ptr2char(p); |
| 1469 | len = utf_ptr2len_check_len(p, maxlen); |
| 1470 | /* Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal. */ |
| 1471 | if ((len > 1 || *p < 0x80) |
| 1472 | && len < maxlen |
| 1473 | && p[len] >= 0x80 |
| 1474 | && UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p, p + len)) |
| 1475 | { |
| 1476 | *p1 = utf_ptr2char(p + len); |
| 1477 | len += utf_ptr2len_check_len(p + len, maxlen - len); |
| 1478 | if (len < maxlen |
| 1479 | && p[len] >= 0x80 |
| 1480 | && utf_iscomposing(cc = utf_ptr2char(p + len))) |
| 1481 | *p2 = cc; |
| 1482 | else |
| 1483 | *p2 = 0; |
| 1484 | } |
| 1485 | else |
| 1486 | { |
| 1487 | *p1 = 0; |
| 1488 | *p2 = 0; |
| 1489 | } |
| 1490 | return c; |
| 1491 | } |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | /* |
| 1494 | * Convert the character at screen position "off" to a sequence of bytes. |
| 1495 | * Includes the composing characters. |
| 1496 | * "buf" must at least have the length MB_MAXBYTES. |
| 1497 | * Returns the produced number of bytes. |
| 1498 | */ |
| 1499 | int |
| 1500 | utfc_char2bytes(off, buf) |
| 1501 | int off; |
| 1502 | char_u *buf; |
| 1503 | { |
| 1504 | int len; |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | len = utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesUC[off], buf); |
| 1507 | if (ScreenLinesC1[off] != 0) |
| 1508 | { |
| 1509 | len += utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesC1[off], buf + len); |
| 1510 | if (ScreenLinesC2[off] != 0) |
| 1511 | len += utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesC2[off], buf + len); |
| 1512 | } |
| 1513 | return len; |
| 1514 | } |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | /* |
| 1517 | * Get the length of a UTF-8 byte sequence, not including any following |
| 1518 | * composing characters. |
| 1519 | * Returns 0 for "". |
| 1520 | * Returns 1 for an illegal byte sequence. |
| 1521 | */ |
| 1522 | int |
| 1523 | utf_ptr2len_check(p) |
| 1524 | char_u *p; |
| 1525 | { |
| 1526 | int len; |
| 1527 | int i; |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | if (*p == NUL) |
| 1530 | return 0; |
| 1531 | len = utf8len_tab[*p]; |
| 1532 | for (i = 1; i < len; ++i) |
| 1533 | if ((p[i] & 0xc0) != 0x80) |
| 1534 | return 1; |
| 1535 | return len; |
| 1536 | } |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | /* |
| 1539 | * Return length of UTF-8 character, obtained from the first byte. |
| 1540 | * "b" must be between 0 and 255! |
| 1541 | */ |
| 1542 | int |
| 1543 | utf_byte2len(b) |
| 1544 | int b; |
| 1545 | { |
| 1546 | return utf8len_tab[b]; |
| 1547 | } |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 | /* |
| 1550 | * Get the length of UTF-8 byte sequence "p[size]". Does not include any |
| 1551 | * following composing characters. |
| 1552 | * Returns 1 for "". |
| 1553 | * Returns 1 for an illegal byte sequence. |
| 1554 | * Returns number > "size" for an incomplete byte sequence. |
| 1555 | */ |
| 1556 | int |
| 1557 | utf_ptr2len_check_len(p, size) |
| 1558 | char_u *p; |
| 1559 | int size; |
| 1560 | { |
| 1561 | int len; |
| 1562 | int i; |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | if (*p == NUL) |
| 1565 | return 1; |
| 1566 | len = utf8len_tab[*p]; |
| 1567 | if (len > size) |
| 1568 | return len; /* incomplete byte sequence. */ |
| 1569 | for (i = 1; i < len; ++i) |
| 1570 | if ((p[i] & 0xc0) != 0x80) |
| 1571 | return 1; |
| 1572 | return len; |
| 1573 | } |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | /* |
| 1576 | * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of the character at "p" takes. |
| 1577 | * This includes following composing characters. |
| 1578 | */ |
| 1579 | int |
| 1580 | utfc_ptr2len_check(p) |
| 1581 | char_u *p; |
| 1582 | { |
| 1583 | int len; |
| 1584 | #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1585 | int prevlen; |
| 1586 | #endif |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | if (*p == NUL) |
| 1589 | return 0; |
| 1590 | if (p[0] < 0x80 && p[1] < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */ |
| 1591 | return 1; |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | /* Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte. */ |
| 1594 | len = utf_ptr2len_check(p); |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | /* Check for illegal byte. */ |
| 1597 | if (len == 1 && p[0] >= 0x80) |
| 1598 | return 1; |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | /* |
| 1601 | * Check for composing characters. We can handle only the first two, but |
| 1602 | * skip all of them (otherwise the cursor would get stuck). |
| 1603 | */ |
| 1604 | #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1605 | prevlen = 0; |
| 1606 | #endif |
| 1607 | for (;;) |
| 1608 | { |
| 1609 | if (p[len] < 0x80 || !UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p + prevlen, p + len)) |
| 1610 | return len; |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | /* Skip over composing char */ |
| 1613 | #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1614 | prevlen = len; |
| 1615 | #endif |
| 1616 | len += utf_ptr2len_check(p + len); |
| 1617 | } |
| 1618 | } |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | /* |
| 1621 | * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of the character at "p[size]" |
| 1622 | * takes. This includes following composing characters. |
| 1623 | * Returns 1 for an illegal char or an incomplete byte sequence. |
| 1624 | */ |
| 1625 | int |
| 1626 | utfc_ptr2len_check_len(p, size) |
| 1627 | char_u *p; |
| 1628 | int size; |
| 1629 | { |
| 1630 | int len; |
| 1631 | #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1632 | int prevlen; |
| 1633 | #endif |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | if (*p == NUL) |
| 1636 | return 0; |
| 1637 | if (p[0] < 0x80 && (size == 1 || p[1] < 0x80)) /* be quick for ASCII */ |
| 1638 | return 1; |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | /* Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte. */ |
| 1641 | len = utf_ptr2len_check_len(p, size); |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | /* Check for illegal byte and incomplete byte sequence. */ |
| 1644 | if ((len == 1 && p[0] >= 0x80) || len > size) |
| 1645 | return 1; |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 | /* |
| 1648 | * Check for composing characters. We can handle only the first two, but |
| 1649 | * skip all of them (otherwise the cursor would get stuck). |
| 1650 | */ |
| 1651 | #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1652 | prevlen = 0; |
| 1653 | #endif |
| 1654 | while (len < size) |
| 1655 | { |
| 1656 | if (p[len] < 0x80 || !UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p + prevlen, p + len)) |
| 1657 | break; |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | /* Skip over composing char */ |
| 1660 | #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1661 | prevlen = len; |
| 1662 | #endif |
| 1663 | len += utf_ptr2len_check_len(p + len, size - len); |
| 1664 | } |
| 1665 | return len; |
| 1666 | } |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | /* |
| 1669 | * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of character "c" takes. |
| 1670 | * This does not include composing characters. |
| 1671 | */ |
| 1672 | int |
| 1673 | utf_char2len(c) |
| 1674 | int c; |
| 1675 | { |
| 1676 | if (c < 0x80) |
| 1677 | return 1; |
| 1678 | if (c < 0x800) |
| 1679 | return 2; |
| 1680 | if (c < 0x10000) |
| 1681 | return 3; |
| 1682 | if (c < 0x200000) |
| 1683 | return 4; |
| 1684 | if (c < 0x4000000) |
| 1685 | return 5; |
| 1686 | return 6; |
| 1687 | } |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | /* |
| 1690 | * Convert Unicode character "c" to UTF-8 string in "buf[]". |
| 1691 | * Returns the number of bytes. |
| 1692 | * This does not include composing characters. |
| 1693 | */ |
| 1694 | int |
| 1695 | utf_char2bytes(c, buf) |
| 1696 | int c; |
| 1697 | char_u *buf; |
| 1698 | { |
| 1699 | if (c < 0x80) /* 7 bits */ |
| 1700 | { |
| 1701 | buf[0] = c; |
| 1702 | return 1; |
| 1703 | } |
| 1704 | if (c < 0x800) /* 11 bits */ |
| 1705 | { |
| 1706 | buf[0] = 0xc0 + ((unsigned)c >> 6); |
| 1707 | buf[1] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f); |
| 1708 | return 2; |
| 1709 | } |
| 1710 | if (c < 0x10000) /* 16 bits */ |
| 1711 | { |
| 1712 | buf[0] = 0xe0 + ((unsigned)c >> 12); |
| 1713 | buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f); |
| 1714 | buf[2] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f); |
| 1715 | return 3; |
| 1716 | } |
| 1717 | if (c < 0x200000) /* 21 bits */ |
| 1718 | { |
| 1719 | buf[0] = 0xf0 + ((unsigned)c >> 18); |
| 1720 | buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f); |
| 1721 | buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f); |
| 1722 | buf[3] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f); |
| 1723 | return 4; |
| 1724 | } |
| 1725 | if (c < 0x4000000) /* 26 bits */ |
| 1726 | { |
| 1727 | buf[0] = 0xf8 + ((unsigned)c >> 24); |
| 1728 | buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 18) & 0x3f); |
| 1729 | buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f); |
| 1730 | buf[3] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f); |
| 1731 | buf[4] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f); |
| 1732 | return 5; |
| 1733 | } |
| 1734 | /* 31 bits */ |
| 1735 | buf[0] = 0xfc + ((unsigned)c >> 30); |
| 1736 | buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 24) & 0x3f); |
| 1737 | buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 18) & 0x3f); |
| 1738 | buf[3] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f); |
| 1739 | buf[4] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f); |
| 1740 | buf[5] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f); |
| 1741 | return 6; |
| 1742 | } |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | /* |
| 1745 | * Return TRUE if "c" is a composing UTF-8 character. This means it will be |
| 1746 | * drawn on top of the preceding character. |
| 1747 | * Based on code from Markus Kuhn. |
| 1748 | */ |
| 1749 | int |
| 1750 | utf_iscomposing(c) |
| 1751 | int c; |
| 1752 | { |
| 1753 | /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals */ |
| 1754 | static struct interval combining[] = |
| 1755 | { |
| 1756 | {0x0300, 0x034f}, {0x0360, 0x036f}, {0x0483, 0x0486}, {0x0488, 0x0489}, |
| 1757 | {0x0591, 0x05a1}, {0x05a3, 0x05b9}, {0x05bb, 0x05bd}, {0x05bf, 0x05bf}, |
| 1758 | {0x05c1, 0x05c2}, {0x05c4, 0x05c4}, {0x0610, 0x0615}, {0x064b, 0x0658}, |
| 1759 | {0x0670, 0x0670}, {0x06d6, 0x06dc}, {0x06de, 0x06e4}, {0x06e7, 0x06e8}, |
| 1760 | {0x06ea, 0x06ed}, {0x0711, 0x0711}, {0x0730, 0x074a}, {0x07a6, 0x07b0}, |
| 1761 | {0x0901, 0x0903}, {0x093c, 0x093c}, {0x093e, 0x094d}, {0x0951, 0x0954}, |
| 1762 | {0x0962, 0x0963}, {0x0981, 0x0983}, {0x09bc, 0x09bc}, {0x09be, 0x09c4}, |
| 1763 | {0x09c7, 0x09c8}, {0x09cb, 0x09cd}, {0x09d7, 0x09d7}, {0x09e2, 0x09e3}, |
| 1764 | {0x0a01, 0x0a03}, {0x0a3c, 0x0a3c}, {0x0a3e, 0x0a42}, {0x0a47, 0x0a48}, |
| 1765 | {0x0a4b, 0x0a4d}, {0x0a70, 0x0a71}, {0x0a81, 0x0a83}, {0x0abc, 0x0abc}, |
| 1766 | {0x0abe, 0x0ac5}, {0x0ac7, 0x0ac9}, {0x0acb, 0x0acd}, {0x0ae2, 0x0ae3}, |
| 1767 | {0x0b01, 0x0b03}, {0x0b3c, 0x0b3c}, {0x0b3e, 0x0b43}, {0x0b47, 0x0b48}, |
| 1768 | {0x0b4b, 0x0b4d}, {0x0b56, 0x0b57}, {0x0b82, 0x0b82}, {0x0bbe, 0x0bc2}, |
| 1769 | {0x0bc6, 0x0bc8}, {0x0bca, 0x0bcd}, {0x0bd7, 0x0bd7}, {0x0c01, 0x0c03}, |
| 1770 | {0x0c3e, 0x0c44}, {0x0c46, 0x0c48}, {0x0c4a, 0x0c4d}, {0x0c55, 0x0c56}, |
| 1771 | {0x0c82, 0x0c83}, {0x0cbc, 0x0cbc}, {0x0cbe, 0x0cc4}, {0x0cc6, 0x0cc8}, |
| 1772 | {0x0cca, 0x0ccd}, {0x0cd5, 0x0cd6}, {0x0d02, 0x0d03}, {0x0d3e, 0x0d43}, |
| 1773 | {0x0d46, 0x0d48}, {0x0d4a, 0x0d4d}, {0x0d57, 0x0d57}, {0x0d82, 0x0d83}, |
| 1774 | {0x0dca, 0x0dca}, {0x0dcf, 0x0dd4}, {0x0dd6, 0x0dd6}, {0x0dd8, 0x0ddf}, |
| 1775 | {0x0df2, 0x0df3}, {0x0e31, 0x0e31}, {0x0e34, 0x0e3a}, {0x0e47, 0x0e4e}, |
| 1776 | {0x0eb1, 0x0eb1}, {0x0eb4, 0x0eb9}, {0x0ebb, 0x0ebc}, {0x0ec8, 0x0ecd}, |
| 1777 | {0x0f18, 0x0f19}, {0x0f35, 0x0f35}, {0x0f37, 0x0f37}, {0x0f39, 0x0f39}, |
| 1778 | {0x0f3e, 0x0f3f}, {0x0f71, 0x0f84}, {0x0f86, 0x0f87}, {0x0f90, 0x0f97}, |
| 1779 | {0x0f99, 0x0fbc}, {0x0fc6, 0x0fc6}, {0x102c, 0x1032}, {0x1036, 0x1039}, |
| 1780 | {0x1056, 0x1059}, {0x1712, 0x1714}, {0x1732, 0x1734}, {0x1752, 0x1753}, |
| 1781 | {0x1772, 0x1773}, {0x17b6, 0x17d3}, {0x17dd, 0x17dd}, {0x180b, 0x180d}, |
| 1782 | {0x18a9, 0x18a9}, {0x1920, 0x192b}, {0x1930, 0x193b}, {0x20d0, 0x20ea}, |
| 1783 | {0x302a, 0x302f}, {0x3099, 0x309a}, {0xfb1e, 0xfb1e}, {0xfe00, 0xfe0f}, |
| 1784 | {0xfe20, 0xfe23}, |
| 1785 | }; |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 | return intable(combining, sizeof(combining), c); |
| 1788 | } |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | /* |
| 1791 | * Return TRUE for characters that can be displayed in a normal way. |
| 1792 | * Only for characters of 0x100 and above! |
| 1793 | */ |
| 1794 | int |
| 1795 | utf_printable(c) |
| 1796 | int c; |
| 1797 | { |
| 1798 | #ifdef USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS |
| 1799 | /* |
| 1800 | * Assume the iswprint() library function works better than our own stuff. |
| 1801 | */ |
| 1802 | return iswprint(c); |
| 1803 | #else |
| 1804 | /* Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals. |
| 1805 | * 0xd800-0xdfff is reserved for UTF-16, actually illegal. */ |
| 1806 | static struct interval nonprint[] = |
| 1807 | { |
| 1808 | {0x070f, 0x070f}, {0x180b, 0x180e}, {0x200b, 0x200f}, {0x202a, 0x202e}, |
| 1809 | {0x206a, 0x206f}, {0xd800, 0xdfff}, {0xfeff, 0xfeff}, {0xfff9, 0xfffb}, |
| 1810 | {0xfffe, 0xffff} |
| 1811 | }; |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | return !intable(nonprint, sizeof(nonprint), c); |
| 1814 | #endif |
| 1815 | } |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | /* |
| 1818 | * Get class of a Unicode character. |
| 1819 | * 0: white space |
| 1820 | * 1: punctuation |
| 1821 | * 2 or bigger: some class of word character. |
| 1822 | */ |
| 1823 | int |
| 1824 | utf_class(c) |
| 1825 | int c; |
| 1826 | { |
| 1827 | /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals */ |
| 1828 | static struct clinterval |
| 1829 | { |
| 1830 | unsigned short first; |
| 1831 | unsigned short last; |
| 1832 | unsigned short class; |
| 1833 | } classes[] = |
| 1834 | { |
| 1835 | {0x037e, 0x037e, 1}, /* Greek question mark */ |
| 1836 | {0x0387, 0x0387, 1}, /* Greek ano teleia */ |
| 1837 | {0x055a, 0x055f, 1}, /* Armenian punctuation */ |
| 1838 | {0x0589, 0x0589, 1}, /* Armenian full stop */ |
| 1839 | {0x05be, 0x05be, 1}, |
| 1840 | {0x05c0, 0x05c0, 1}, |
| 1841 | {0x05c3, 0x05c3, 1}, |
| 1842 | {0x05f3, 0x05f4, 1}, |
| 1843 | {0x060c, 0x060c, 1}, |
| 1844 | {0x061b, 0x061b, 1}, |
| 1845 | {0x061f, 0x061f, 1}, |
| 1846 | {0x066a, 0x066d, 1}, |
| 1847 | {0x06d4, 0x06d4, 1}, |
| 1848 | {0x0700, 0x070d, 1}, /* Syriac punctuation */ |
| 1849 | {0x0964, 0x0965, 1}, |
| 1850 | {0x0970, 0x0970, 1}, |
| 1851 | {0x0df4, 0x0df4, 1}, |
| 1852 | {0x0e4f, 0x0e4f, 1}, |
| 1853 | {0x0e5a, 0x0e5b, 1}, |
| 1854 | {0x0f04, 0x0f12, 1}, |
| 1855 | {0x0f3a, 0x0f3d, 1}, |
| 1856 | {0x0f85, 0x0f85, 1}, |
| 1857 | {0x104a, 0x104f, 1}, /* Myanmar punctuation */ |
| 1858 | {0x10fb, 0x10fb, 1}, /* Georgian punctuation */ |
| 1859 | {0x1361, 0x1368, 1}, /* Ethiopic punctuation */ |
| 1860 | {0x166d, 0x166e, 1}, /* Canadian Syl. punctuation */ |
| 1861 | {0x1680, 0x1680, 0}, |
| 1862 | {0x169b, 0x169c, 1}, |
| 1863 | {0x16eb, 0x16ed, 1}, |
| 1864 | {0x1735, 0x1736, 1}, |
| 1865 | {0x17d4, 0x17dc, 1}, /* Khmer punctuation */ |
| 1866 | {0x1800, 0x180a, 1}, /* Mongolian punctuation */ |
| 1867 | {0x2000, 0x200b, 0}, /* spaces */ |
| 1868 | {0x200c, 0x2027, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */ |
| 1869 | {0x2028, 0x2029, 0}, |
| 1870 | {0x202a, 0x202e, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */ |
| 1871 | {0x202f, 0x202f, 0}, |
| 1872 | {0x2030, 0x205e, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */ |
| 1873 | {0x205f, 0x205f, 0}, |
| 1874 | {0x2060, 0x27ff, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */ |
| 1875 | {0x2070, 0x207f, 0x2070}, /* superscript */ |
| 1876 | {0x2080, 0x208f, 0x2080}, /* subscript */ |
| 1877 | {0x2983, 0x2998, 1}, |
| 1878 | {0x29d8, 0x29db, 1}, |
| 1879 | {0x29fc, 0x29fd, 1}, |
| 1880 | {0x3000, 0x3000, 0}, /* ideographic space */ |
| 1881 | {0x3001, 0x3020, 1}, /* ideographic punctuation */ |
| 1882 | {0x3030, 0x3030, 1}, |
| 1883 | {0x303d, 0x303d, 1}, |
| 1884 | {0x3040, 0x309f, 0x3040}, /* Hiragana */ |
| 1885 | {0x30a0, 0x30ff, 0x30a0}, /* Katakana */ |
| 1886 | {0x3300, 0x9fff, 0x4e00}, /* CJK Ideographs */ |
| 1887 | {0xac00, 0xd7a3, 0xac00}, /* Hangul Syllables */ |
| 1888 | {0xf900, 0xfaff, 0x4e00}, /* CJK Ideographs */ |
| 1889 | {0xfd3e, 0xfd3f, 1}, |
| 1890 | {0xfe30, 0xfe6b, 1}, /* punctuation forms */ |
| 1891 | {0xff00, 0xff0f, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */ |
| 1892 | {0xff1a, 0xff20, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */ |
| 1893 | {0xff3b, 0xff40, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */ |
| 1894 | {0xff5b, 0xff65, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */ |
| 1895 | }; |
| 1896 | int bot = 0; |
| 1897 | int top = sizeof(classes) / sizeof(struct clinterval) - 1; |
| 1898 | int mid; |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | /* First quick check for Latin1 characters, use 'iskeyword'. */ |
| 1901 | if (c < 0x100) |
| 1902 | { |
| 1903 | if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == NUL) |
| 1904 | return 0; /* blank */ |
| 1905 | if (vim_iswordc(c)) |
| 1906 | return 2; /* word character */ |
| 1907 | return 1; /* punctuation */ |
| 1908 | } |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | /* binary search in table */ |
| 1911 | while (top >= bot) |
| 1912 | { |
| 1913 | mid = (bot + top) / 2; |
| 1914 | if (classes[mid].last < c) |
| 1915 | bot = mid + 1; |
| 1916 | else if (classes[mid].first > c) |
| 1917 | top = mid - 1; |
| 1918 | else |
| 1919 | return (int)classes[mid].class; |
| 1920 | } |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 | /* most other characters are "word" characters */ |
| 1923 | return 2; |
| 1924 | } |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 | /* |
| 1927 | * Code for Unicode case-dependent operations. Based on notes in |
| 1928 | * http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/CaseFolding.txt |
| 1929 | * This code uses simple case folding, not full case folding. |
| 1930 | */ |
| 1931 | |
| 1932 | /* |
| 1933 | * The following table is built by foldExtract.pl < CaseFolding.txt . |
| 1934 | * It must be in numeric order, because we use binary search on it. |
| 1935 | * An entry such as {0x41,0x5a,1,32} means that UCS-4 characters in the range |
| 1936 | * from 0x41 to 0x5a inclusive, stepping by 1, are folded by adding 32. |
| 1937 | */ |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | typedef struct |
| 1940 | { |
| 1941 | int rangeStart; |
| 1942 | int rangeEnd; |
| 1943 | int step; |
| 1944 | int offset; |
| 1945 | } convertStruct; |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | convertStruct foldCase[] = |
| 1948 | { |
| 1949 | {0x41,0x5a,1,32}, {0xc0,0xd6,1,32}, {0xd8,0xde,1,32}, |
| 1950 | {0x100,0x12e,2,1}, {0x130,0x130,-1,-199}, {0x132,0x136,2,1}, |
| 1951 | {0x139,0x147,2,1}, {0x14a,0x176,2,1}, {0x178,0x178,-1,-121}, |
| 1952 | {0x179,0x17d,2,1}, {0x181,0x181,-1,210}, {0x182,0x184,2,1}, |
| 1953 | {0x186,0x186,-1,206}, {0x187,0x187,-1,1}, {0x189,0x18a,1,205}, |
| 1954 | {0x18b,0x18b,-1,1}, {0x18e,0x18e,-1,79}, {0x18f,0x18f,-1,202}, |
| 1955 | {0x190,0x190,-1,203}, {0x191,0x191,-1,1}, {0x193,0x193,-1,205}, |
| 1956 | {0x194,0x194,-1,207}, {0x196,0x196,-1,211}, {0x197,0x197,-1,209}, |
| 1957 | {0x198,0x198,-1,1}, {0x19c,0x19c,-1,211}, {0x19d,0x19d,-1,213}, |
| 1958 | {0x19f,0x19f,-1,214}, {0x1a0,0x1a4,2,1}, {0x1a6,0x1a6,-1,218}, |
| 1959 | {0x1a7,0x1a7,-1,1}, {0x1a9,0x1a9,-1,218}, {0x1ac,0x1ac,-1,1}, |
| 1960 | {0x1ae,0x1ae,-1,218}, {0x1af,0x1af,-1,1}, {0x1b1,0x1b2,1,217}, |
| 1961 | {0x1b3,0x1b5,2,1}, {0x1b7,0x1b7,-1,219}, {0x1b8,0x1bc,4,1}, |
| 1962 | {0x1c4,0x1c4,-1,2}, {0x1c5,0x1c5,-1,1}, {0x1c7,0x1c7,-1,2}, |
| 1963 | {0x1c8,0x1c8,-1,1}, {0x1ca,0x1ca,-1,2}, {0x1cb,0x1db,2,1}, |
| 1964 | {0x1de,0x1ee,2,1}, {0x1f1,0x1f1,-1,2}, {0x1f2,0x1f4,2,1}, |
| 1965 | {0x1f6,0x1f6,-1,-97}, {0x1f7,0x1f7,-1,-56}, {0x1f8,0x21e,2,1}, |
| 1966 | {0x220,0x220,-1,-130}, {0x222,0x232,2,1}, {0x386,0x386,-1,38}, |
| 1967 | {0x388,0x38a,1,37}, {0x38c,0x38c,-1,64}, {0x38e,0x38f,1,63}, |
| 1968 | {0x391,0x3a1,1,32}, {0x3a3,0x3ab,1,32}, {0x3d8,0x3ee,2,1}, |
| 1969 | {0x3f4,0x3f4,-1,-60}, {0x3f7,0x3f7,-1,1}, {0x3f9,0x3f9,-1,-7}, |
| 1970 | {0x3fa,0x3fa,-1,1}, {0x400,0x40f,1,80}, {0x410,0x42f,1,32}, |
| 1971 | {0x460,0x480,2,1}, {0x48a,0x4be,2,1}, {0x4c1,0x4cd,2,1}, |
| 1972 | {0x4d0,0x4f4,2,1}, {0x4f8,0x500,8,1}, {0x502,0x50e,2,1}, |
| 1973 | {0x531,0x556,1,48}, {0x1e00,0x1e94,2,1}, {0x1ea0,0x1ef8,2,1}, |
| 1974 | {0x1f08,0x1f0f,1,-8}, {0x1f18,0x1f1d,1,-8}, {0x1f28,0x1f2f,1,-8}, |
| 1975 | {0x1f38,0x1f3f,1,-8}, {0x1f48,0x1f4d,1,-8}, {0x1f59,0x1f5f,2,-8}, |
| 1976 | {0x1f68,0x1f6f,1,-8}, {0x1f88,0x1f8f,1,-8}, {0x1f98,0x1f9f,1,-8}, |
| 1977 | {0x1fa8,0x1faf,1,-8}, {0x1fb8,0x1fb9,1,-8}, {0x1fba,0x1fbb,1,-74}, |
| 1978 | {0x1fbc,0x1fbc,-1,-9}, {0x1fc8,0x1fcb,1,-86}, {0x1fcc,0x1fcc,-1,-9}, |
| 1979 | {0x1fd8,0x1fd9,1,-8}, {0x1fda,0x1fdb,1,-100}, {0x1fe8,0x1fe9,1,-8}, |
| 1980 | {0x1fea,0x1feb,1,-112}, {0x1fec,0x1fec,-1,-7}, {0x1ff8,0x1ff9,1,-128}, |
| 1981 | {0x1ffa,0x1ffb,1,-126}, {0x1ffc,0x1ffc,-1,-9}, {0x2126,0x2126,-1,-7517}, |
| 1982 | {0x212a,0x212a,-1,-8383}, {0x212b,0x212b,-1,-8262}, |
| 1983 | {0x2160,0x216f,1,16}, {0x24b6,0x24cf,1,26}, {0xff21,0xff3a,1,32}, |
| 1984 | {0x10400,0x10427,1,40} |
| 1985 | }; |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 | static int utf_convert(int a, convertStruct table[], int tableSize); |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 | /* |
| 1990 | * Generic conversion function for case operations. |
| 1991 | * Return the converted equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use |
| 1992 | * the given conversion "table". Uses binary search on "table". |
| 1993 | */ |
| 1994 | static int |
| 1995 | utf_convert(a, table, tableSize) |
| 1996 | int a; |
| 1997 | convertStruct table[]; |
| 1998 | int tableSize; |
| 1999 | { |
| 2000 | int start, mid, end; /* indices into table */ |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 | start = 0; |
| 2003 | end = tableSize / sizeof(convertStruct); |
| 2004 | while (start < end) |
| 2005 | { |
| 2006 | /* need to search further */ |
| 2007 | mid = (end + start) /2; |
| 2008 | if (table[mid].rangeEnd < a) |
| 2009 | start = mid + 1; |
| 2010 | else |
| 2011 | end = mid; |
| 2012 | } |
| 2013 | if (table[start].rangeStart <= a && a <= table[start].rangeEnd |
| 2014 | && (a - table[start].rangeStart) % table[start].step == 0) |
| 2015 | return (a + table[start].offset); |
| 2016 | else |
| 2017 | return a; |
| 2018 | } |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 | /* |
| 2021 | * Return the folded-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Uses |
| 2022 | * simple case folding. |
| 2023 | */ |
| 2024 | int |
| 2025 | utf_fold(a) |
| 2026 | int a; |
| 2027 | { |
| 2028 | return utf_convert(a, foldCase, sizeof(foldCase)); |
| 2029 | } |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | /* |
| 2032 | * The following tables are built by upperLowerExtract.pl < UnicodeData.txt . |
| 2033 | * They must be in numeric order, because we use binary search on them. |
| 2034 | * An entry such as {0x41,0x5a,1,32} means that UCS-4 characters in the range |
| 2035 | * from 0x41 to 0x5a inclusive, stepping by 1, are switched to lower (for |
| 2036 | * example) by adding 32. |
| 2037 | */ |
| 2038 | convertStruct toLower[] = |
| 2039 | { |
| 2040 | {0x41,0x5a,1,32}, {0xc0,0xd6,1,32}, {0xd8,0xde,1,32}, |
| 2041 | {0x100,0x12e,2,1}, {0x130,0x130,-1,-199}, {0x132,0x136,2,1}, |
| 2042 | {0x139,0x147,2,1}, {0x14a,0x176,2,1}, {0x178,0x178,-1,-121}, |
| 2043 | {0x179,0x17d,2,1}, {0x181,0x181,-1,210}, {0x182,0x184,2,1}, |
| 2044 | {0x186,0x186,-1,206}, {0x187,0x187,-1,1}, {0x189,0x18a,1,205}, |
| 2045 | {0x18b,0x18b,-1,1}, {0x18e,0x18e,-1,79}, {0x18f,0x18f,-1,202}, |
| 2046 | {0x190,0x190,-1,203}, {0x191,0x191,-1,1}, {0x193,0x193,-1,205}, |
| 2047 | {0x194,0x194,-1,207}, {0x196,0x196,-1,211}, {0x197,0x197,-1,209}, |
| 2048 | {0x198,0x198,-1,1}, {0x19c,0x19c,-1,211}, {0x19d,0x19d,-1,213}, |
| 2049 | {0x19f,0x19f,-1,214}, {0x1a0,0x1a4,2,1}, {0x1a6,0x1a6,-1,218}, |
| 2050 | {0x1a7,0x1a7,-1,1}, {0x1a9,0x1a9,-1,218}, {0x1ac,0x1ac,-1,1}, |
| 2051 | {0x1ae,0x1ae,-1,218}, {0x1af,0x1af,-1,1}, {0x1b1,0x1b2,1,217}, |
| 2052 | {0x1b3,0x1b5,2,1}, {0x1b7,0x1b7,-1,219}, {0x1b8,0x1bc,4,1}, |
| 2053 | {0x1c4,0x1ca,3,2}, {0x1cd,0x1db,2,1}, {0x1de,0x1ee,2,1}, |
| 2054 | {0x1f1,0x1f1,-1,2}, {0x1f4,0x1f4,-1,1}, {0x1f6,0x1f6,-1,-97}, |
| 2055 | {0x1f7,0x1f7,-1,-56}, {0x1f8,0x21e,2,1}, {0x220,0x220,-1,-130}, |
| 2056 | {0x222,0x232,2,1}, {0x386,0x386,-1,38}, {0x388,0x38a,1,37}, |
| 2057 | {0x38c,0x38c,-1,64}, {0x38e,0x38f,1,63}, {0x391,0x3a1,1,32}, |
| 2058 | {0x3a3,0x3ab,1,32}, {0x3d8,0x3ee,2,1}, {0x3f4,0x3f4,-1,-60}, |
| 2059 | {0x3f7,0x3f7,-1,1}, {0x3f9,0x3f9,-1,-7}, {0x3fa,0x3fa,-1,1}, |
| 2060 | {0x400,0x40f,1,80}, {0x410,0x42f,1,32}, {0x460,0x480,2,1}, |
| 2061 | {0x48a,0x4be,2,1}, {0x4c1,0x4cd,2,1}, {0x4d0,0x4f4,2,1}, |
| 2062 | {0x4f8,0x500,8,1}, {0x502,0x50e,2,1}, {0x531,0x556,1,48}, |
| 2063 | {0x1e00,0x1e94,2,1}, {0x1ea0,0x1ef8,2,1}, {0x1f08,0x1f0f,1,-8}, |
| 2064 | {0x1f18,0x1f1d,1,-8}, {0x1f28,0x1f2f,1,-8}, {0x1f38,0x1f3f,1,-8}, |
| 2065 | {0x1f48,0x1f4d,1,-8}, {0x1f59,0x1f5f,2,-8}, {0x1f68,0x1f6f,1,-8}, |
| 2066 | {0x1fb8,0x1fb9,1,-8}, {0x1fba,0x1fbb,1,-74}, {0x1fc8,0x1fcb,1,-86}, |
| 2067 | {0x1fd8,0x1fd9,1,-8}, {0x1fda,0x1fdb,1,-100}, {0x1fe8,0x1fe9,1,-8}, |
| 2068 | {0x1fea,0x1feb,1,-112}, {0x1fec,0x1fec,-1,-7}, {0x1ff8,0x1ff9,1,-128}, |
| 2069 | {0x1ffa,0x1ffb,1,-126}, {0x2126,0x2126,-1,-7517}, {0x212a,0x212a,-1,-8383}, |
| 2070 | {0x212b,0x212b,-1,-8262}, {0xff21,0xff3a,1,32}, {0x10400,0x10427,1,40} |
| 2071 | }; |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | convertStruct toUpper[] = |
| 2074 | { |
| 2075 | {0x61,0x7a,1,-32}, {0xb5,0xb5,-1,743}, {0xe0,0xf6,1,-32}, |
| 2076 | {0xf8,0xfe,1,-32}, {0xff,0xff,-1,121}, {0x101,0x12f,2,-1}, |
| 2077 | {0x131,0x131,-1,-232}, {0x133,0x137,2,-1}, {0x13a,0x148,2,-1}, |
| 2078 | {0x14b,0x177,2,-1}, {0x17a,0x17e,2,-1}, {0x17f,0x17f,-1,-300}, |
| 2079 | {0x183,0x185,2,-1}, {0x188,0x18c,4,-1}, {0x192,0x192,-1,-1}, |
| 2080 | {0x195,0x195,-1,97}, {0x199,0x199,-1,-1}, {0x19e,0x19e,-1,130}, |
| 2081 | {0x1a1,0x1a5,2,-1}, {0x1a8,0x1ad,5,-1}, {0x1b0,0x1b4,4,-1}, |
| 2082 | {0x1b6,0x1b9,3,-1}, {0x1bd,0x1bd,-1,-1}, {0x1bf,0x1bf,-1,56}, |
| 2083 | {0x1c5,0x1c6,1,-1}, {0x1c8,0x1c9,1,-1}, {0x1cb,0x1cc,1,-1}, |
| 2084 | {0x1ce,0x1dc,2,-1}, {0x1dd,0x1dd,-1,-79}, {0x1df,0x1ef,2,-1}, |
| 2085 | {0x1f2,0x1f3,1,-1}, {0x1f5,0x1f9,4,-1}, {0x1fb,0x21f,2,-1}, |
| 2086 | {0x223,0x233,2,-1}, {0x253,0x253,-1,-210}, {0x254,0x254,-1,-206}, |
| 2087 | {0x256,0x257,1,-205}, {0x259,0x259,-1,-202}, {0x25b,0x25b,-1,-203}, |
| 2088 | {0x260,0x260,-1,-205}, {0x263,0x263,-1,-207}, {0x268,0x268,-1,-209}, |
| 2089 | {0x269,0x26f,6,-211}, {0x272,0x272,-1,-213}, {0x275,0x275,-1,-214}, |
| 2090 | {0x280,0x283,3,-218}, {0x288,0x288,-1,-218}, {0x28a,0x28b,1,-217}, |
| 2091 | {0x292,0x292,-1,-219}, {0x3ac,0x3ac,-1,-38}, {0x3ad,0x3af,1,-37}, |
| 2092 | {0x3b1,0x3c1,1,-32}, {0x3c2,0x3c2,-1,-31}, {0x3c3,0x3cb,1,-32}, |
| 2093 | {0x3cc,0x3cc,-1,-64}, {0x3cd,0x3ce,1,-63}, {0x3d0,0x3d0,-1,-62}, |
| 2094 | {0x3d1,0x3d1,-1,-57}, {0x3d5,0x3d5,-1,-47}, {0x3d6,0x3d6,-1,-54}, |
| 2095 | {0x3d9,0x3ef,2,-1}, {0x3f0,0x3f0,-1,-86}, {0x3f1,0x3f1,-1,-80}, |
| 2096 | {0x3f2,0x3f2,-1,7}, {0x3f5,0x3f5,-1,-96}, {0x3f8,0x3fb,3,-1}, |
| 2097 | {0x430,0x44f,1,-32}, {0x450,0x45f,1,-80}, {0x461,0x481,2,-1}, |
| 2098 | {0x48b,0x4bf,2,-1}, {0x4c2,0x4ce,2,-1}, {0x4d1,0x4f5,2,-1}, |
| 2099 | {0x4f9,0x501,8,-1}, {0x503,0x50f,2,-1}, {0x561,0x586,1,-48}, |
| 2100 | {0x1e01,0x1e95,2,-1}, {0x1e9b,0x1e9b,-1,-59}, {0x1ea1,0x1ef9,2,-1}, |
| 2101 | {0x1f00,0x1f07,1,8}, {0x1f10,0x1f15,1,8}, {0x1f20,0x1f27,1,8}, |
| 2102 | {0x1f30,0x1f37,1,8}, {0x1f40,0x1f45,1,8}, {0x1f51,0x1f57,2,8}, |
| 2103 | {0x1f60,0x1f67,1,8}, {0x1f70,0x1f71,1,74}, {0x1f72,0x1f75,1,86}, |
| 2104 | {0x1f76,0x1f77,1,100}, {0x1f78,0x1f79,1,128}, {0x1f7a,0x1f7b,1,112}, |
| 2105 | {0x1f7c,0x1f7d,1,126}, {0x1f80,0x1f87,1,8}, {0x1f90,0x1f97,1,8}, |
| 2106 | {0x1fa0,0x1fa7,1,8}, {0x1fb0,0x1fb1,1,8}, {0x1fb3,0x1fb3,-1,9}, |
| 2107 | {0x1fbe,0x1fbe,-1,-7205}, {0x1fc3,0x1fc3,-1,9}, {0x1fd0,0x1fd1,1,8}, |
| 2108 | {0x1fe0,0x1fe1,1,8}, {0x1fe5,0x1fe5,-1,7}, {0x1ff3,0x1ff3,-1,9}, |
| 2109 | {0xff41,0xff5a,1,-32}, {0x10428,0x1044f,1,-40} |
| 2110 | }; |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 | /* |
| 2113 | * Return the upper-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use |
| 2114 | * simple case folding. |
| 2115 | */ |
| 2116 | int |
| 2117 | utf_toupper(a) |
| 2118 | int a; |
| 2119 | { |
| 2120 | /* If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style toupper(). */ |
| 2121 | if (a < 128 && (cmp_flags & CMP_KEEPASCII)) |
| 2122 | return TOUPPER_ASC(a); |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | #if defined(HAVE_TOWUPPER) && defined(__STDC__ISO_10646__) |
| 2125 | /* If towupper() is availble and handles Unicode, use it. */ |
| 2126 | if (!(cmp_flags & CMP_INTERNAL)) |
| 2127 | return towupper(a); |
| 2128 | #endif |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 | /* For characters below 128 use locale sensitive toupper(). */ |
| 2131 | if (a < 128) |
| 2132 | return TOUPPER_LOC(a); |
| 2133 | |
| 2134 | /* For any other characters use the above mapping table. */ |
| 2135 | return utf_convert(a, toUpper, sizeof(toUpper)); |
| 2136 | } |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 | int |
| 2139 | utf_islower(a) |
| 2140 | int a; |
| 2141 | { |
| 2142 | return (utf_toupper(a) != a); |
| 2143 | } |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | /* |
| 2146 | * Return the lower-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use |
| 2147 | * simple case folding. |
| 2148 | */ |
| 2149 | int |
| 2150 | utf_tolower(a) |
| 2151 | int a; |
| 2152 | { |
| 2153 | /* If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style tolower(). */ |
| 2154 | if (a < 128 && (cmp_flags & CMP_KEEPASCII)) |
| 2155 | return TOLOWER_ASC(a); |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | #if defined(HAVE_TOWLOWER) && defined(__STDC__ISO_10646__) |
| 2158 | /* If towlower() is availble and handles Unicode, use it. */ |
| 2159 | if (!(cmp_flags & CMP_INTERNAL)) |
| 2160 | return towlower(a); |
| 2161 | #endif |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 | /* For characters below 128 use locale sensitive tolower(). */ |
| 2164 | if (a < 128) |
| 2165 | return TOLOWER_LOC(a); |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | /* For any other characters use the above mapping table. */ |
| 2168 | return utf_convert(a, toLower, sizeof(toLower)); |
| 2169 | } |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 | int |
| 2172 | utf_isupper(a) |
| 2173 | int a; |
| 2174 | { |
| 2175 | return (utf_tolower(a) != a); |
| 2176 | } |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 | /* |
| 2179 | * Version of strnicmp() that handles multi-byte characters. |
| 2180 | * Needed for Big5, Sjift-JIS and UTF-8 encoding. Other DBCS encodings can |
| 2181 | * probably use strnicmp(), because there are no ASCII characters in the |
| 2182 | * second byte. |
| 2183 | * Returns zero if s1 and s2 are equal (ignoring case), the difference between |
| 2184 | * two characters otherwise. |
| 2185 | */ |
| 2186 | int |
| 2187 | mb_strnicmp(s1, s2, n) |
| 2188 | char_u *s1, *s2; |
| 2189 | int n; |
| 2190 | { |
| 2191 | int i, j, l; |
| 2192 | int cdiff; |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | for (i = 0; i < n; i += l) |
| 2195 | { |
| 2196 | if (s1[i] == NUL && s2[i] == NUL) /* both strings end */ |
| 2197 | return 0; |
| 2198 | if (enc_utf8) |
| 2199 | { |
| 2200 | l = utf_byte2len(s1[i]); |
| 2201 | if (l > n - i) |
| 2202 | l = n - i; /* incomplete character */ |
| 2203 | /* Check directly first, it's faster. */ |
| 2204 | for (j = 0; j < l; ++j) |
| 2205 | if (s1[i + j] != s2[i + j]) |
| 2206 | break; |
| 2207 | if (j < l) |
| 2208 | { |
| 2209 | /* If one of the two characters is incomplete return -1. */ |
| 2210 | if (i + utf_byte2len(s1[i]) > n || i + utf_byte2len(s2[i]) > n) |
| 2211 | return -1; |
| 2212 | cdiff = utf_fold(utf_ptr2char(s1 + i)) |
| 2213 | - utf_fold(utf_ptr2char(s2 + i)); |
| 2214 | if (cdiff != 0) |
| 2215 | return cdiff; |
| 2216 | } |
| 2217 | } |
| 2218 | else |
| 2219 | { |
| 2220 | l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(s1 + i); |
| 2221 | if (l <= 1) |
| 2222 | { |
| 2223 | /* Single byte: first check normally, then with ignore case. */ |
| 2224 | if (s1[i] != s2[i]) |
| 2225 | { |
| 2226 | cdiff = TOLOWER_LOC(s1[i]) - TOLOWER_LOC(s2[i]); |
| 2227 | if (cdiff != 0) |
| 2228 | return cdiff; |
| 2229 | } |
| 2230 | } |
| 2231 | else |
| 2232 | { |
| 2233 | /* For non-Unicode multi-byte don't ignore case. */ |
| 2234 | if (l > n - i) |
| 2235 | l = n - i; |
| 2236 | cdiff = STRNCMP(s1 + i, s2 + i, l); |
| 2237 | if (cdiff != 0) |
| 2238 | return cdiff; |
| 2239 | } |
| 2240 | } |
| 2241 | } |
| 2242 | return 0; |
| 2243 | } |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | /* |
| 2246 | * "g8": show bytes of the UTF-8 char under the cursor. Doesn't matter what |
| 2247 | * 'encoding' has been set to. |
| 2248 | */ |
| 2249 | void |
| 2250 | show_utf8() |
| 2251 | { |
| 2252 | int len; |
| 2253 | char_u *line; |
| 2254 | int clen; |
| 2255 | int i; |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 | /* Get the byte length of the char under the cursor, including composing |
| 2258 | * characters. */ |
| 2259 | line = ml_get_cursor(); |
| 2260 | len = utfc_ptr2len_check(line); |
| 2261 | if (len == 0) |
| 2262 | { |
| 2263 | MSG("NUL"); |
| 2264 | return; |
| 2265 | } |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | IObuff[0] = NUL; |
| 2268 | clen = 0; |
| 2269 | for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2270 | { |
| 2271 | if (clen == 0) |
| 2272 | { |
| 2273 | /* start of (composing) character, get its length */ |
| 2274 | if (i > 0) |
| 2275 | STRCAT(IObuff, "+ "); |
| 2276 | clen = utf_ptr2len_check(line + i); |
| 2277 | } |
| 2278 | sprintf((char *)IObuff + STRLEN(IObuff), "%02x ", line[i]); |
| 2279 | --clen; |
| 2280 | } |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 | msg(IObuff); |
| 2283 | } |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | /* |
| 2286 | * mb_head_off() function pointer. |
| 2287 | * Return offset from "p" to the first byte of the character it points into. |
| 2288 | * Returns 0 when already at the first byte of a character. |
| 2289 | */ |
| 2290 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 2291 | int |
| 2292 | latin_head_off(base, p) |
| 2293 | char_u *base; |
| 2294 | char_u *p; |
| 2295 | { |
| 2296 | return 0; |
| 2297 | } |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 | int |
| 2300 | dbcs_head_off(base, p) |
| 2301 | char_u *base; |
| 2302 | char_u *p; |
| 2303 | { |
| 2304 | char_u *q; |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | /* It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the |
| 2307 | * string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte. */ |
| 2308 | if (p <= base || MB_BYTE2LEN(p[-1]) == 1) |
| 2309 | return 0; |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 | /* This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the |
| 2312 | * byte we are looking for. Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise. */ |
| 2313 | q = base; |
| 2314 | while (q < p) |
| 2315 | q += dbcs_ptr2len_check(q); |
| 2316 | return (q == p) ? 0 : 1; |
| 2317 | } |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) \ |
| 2320 | || defined(PROTO) |
| 2321 | /* |
| 2322 | * Special version of dbcs_head_off() that works for ScreenLines[], where |
| 2323 | * single-width DBCS_JPNU characters are stored separately. |
| 2324 | */ |
| 2325 | int |
| 2326 | dbcs_screen_head_off(base, p) |
| 2327 | char_u *base; |
| 2328 | char_u *p; |
| 2329 | { |
| 2330 | char_u *q; |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | /* It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the |
| 2333 | * string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte. |
| 2334 | * For euc-jp an 0x8e byte in the previous cell always means we have a |
| 2335 | * lead byte in the current cell. */ |
| 2336 | if (p <= base |
| 2337 | || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && p[-1] == 0x8e) |
| 2338 | || MB_BYTE2LEN(p[-1]) == 1) |
| 2339 | return 0; |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 | /* This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the |
| 2342 | * byte we are looking for. Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise. |
| 2343 | * For DBCS_JPNU look out for 0x8e, which means the second byte is not |
| 2344 | * stored as the next byte. */ |
| 2345 | q = base; |
| 2346 | while (q < p) |
| 2347 | { |
| 2348 | if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *q == 0x8e) |
| 2349 | ++q; |
| 2350 | else |
| 2351 | q += dbcs_ptr2len_check(q); |
| 2352 | } |
| 2353 | return (q == p) ? 0 : 1; |
| 2354 | } |
| 2355 | #endif |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | int |
| 2358 | utf_head_off(base, p) |
| 2359 | char_u *base; |
| 2360 | char_u *p; |
| 2361 | { |
| 2362 | char_u *q; |
| 2363 | char_u *s; |
| 2364 | int c; |
| 2365 | #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2366 | char_u *j; |
| 2367 | #endif |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | if (*p < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */ |
| 2370 | return 0; |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | /* Skip backwards over trailing bytes: 10xx.xxxx |
| 2373 | * Skip backwards again if on a composing char. */ |
| 2374 | for (q = p; ; --q) |
| 2375 | { |
| 2376 | /* Move s to the last byte of this char. */ |
| 2377 | for (s = q; (s[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++s) |
| 2378 | ; |
| 2379 | /* Move q to the first byte of this char. */ |
| 2380 | while (q > base && (*q & 0xc0) == 0x80) |
| 2381 | --q; |
| 2382 | /* Check for illegal sequence. Do allow an illegal byte after where we |
| 2383 | * started. */ |
| 2384 | if (utf8len_tab[*q] != (int)(s - q + 1) |
| 2385 | && utf8len_tab[*q] != (int)(p - q + 1)) |
| 2386 | return 0; |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | if (q <= base) |
| 2389 | break; |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 | c = utf_ptr2char(q); |
| 2392 | if (utf_iscomposing(c)) |
| 2393 | continue; |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 | #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2396 | if (arabic_maycombine(c)) |
| 2397 | { |
| 2398 | /* Advance to get a sneak-peak at the next char */ |
| 2399 | j = q; |
| 2400 | --j; |
| 2401 | /* Move j to the first byte of this char. */ |
| 2402 | while (j > base && (*j & 0xc0) == 0x80) |
| 2403 | --j; |
| 2404 | if (arabic_combine(utf_ptr2char(j), c)) |
| 2405 | continue; |
| 2406 | } |
| 2407 | #endif |
| 2408 | break; |
| 2409 | } |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | return (int)(p - q); |
| 2412 | } |
| 2413 | |
| 2414 | /* |
| 2415 | * Return the offset from "p" to the first byte of a character. When "p" is |
| 2416 | * at the start of a character 0 is returned, otherwise the offset to the next |
| 2417 | * character. Can start anywhere in a stream of bytes. |
| 2418 | */ |
| 2419 | int |
| 2420 | mb_off_next(base, p) |
| 2421 | char_u *base; |
| 2422 | char_u *p; |
| 2423 | { |
| 2424 | int i; |
| 2425 | int j; |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | if (enc_utf8) |
| 2428 | { |
| 2429 | if (*p < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */ |
| 2430 | return 0; |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 | /* Find the next character that isn't 10xx.xxxx */ |
| 2433 | for (i = 0; (p[i] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++i) |
| 2434 | ; |
| 2435 | if (i > 0) |
| 2436 | { |
| 2437 | /* Check for illegal sequence. */ |
| 2438 | for (j = 0; p - j > base; ++j) |
| 2439 | if ((p[-j] & 0xc0) != 0x80) |
| 2440 | break; |
| 2441 | if (utf8len_tab[p[-j]] != i + j) |
| 2442 | return 0; |
| 2443 | } |
| 2444 | return i; |
| 2445 | } |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | /* Only need to check if we're on a trail byte, it doesn't matter if we |
| 2448 | * want the offset to the next or current character. */ |
| 2449 | return (*mb_head_off)(base, p); |
| 2450 | } |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | /* |
| 2453 | * Return the offset from "p" to the last byte of the character it points |
| 2454 | * into. Can start anywhere in a stream of bytes. |
| 2455 | */ |
| 2456 | int |
| 2457 | mb_tail_off(base, p) |
| 2458 | char_u *base; |
| 2459 | char_u *p; |
| 2460 | { |
| 2461 | int i; |
| 2462 | int j; |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | if (*p == NUL) |
| 2465 | return 0; |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | if (enc_utf8) |
| 2468 | { |
| 2469 | /* Find the last character that is 10xx.xxxx */ |
| 2470 | for (i = 0; (p[i + 1] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++i) |
| 2471 | ; |
| 2472 | /* Check for illegal sequence. */ |
| 2473 | for (j = 0; p - j > base; ++j) |
| 2474 | if ((p[-j] & 0xc0) != 0x80) |
| 2475 | break; |
| 2476 | if (utf8len_tab[p[-j]] != i + j + 1) |
| 2477 | return 0; |
| 2478 | return i; |
| 2479 | } |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | /* It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the |
| 2482 | * end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte. */ |
| 2483 | if (enc_dbcs == 0 || p[1] == NUL || MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) == 1) |
| 2484 | return 0; |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | /* Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte. */ |
| 2487 | return 1 - dbcs_head_off(base, p); |
| 2488 | } |
| 2489 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2490 | #if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO) |
| 2491 | /* |
| 2492 | * Return TRUE if string "s" is a valid utf-8 string. |
| 2493 | * When "end" is NULL stop at the first NUL. |
| 2494 | * When "end" is positive stop there. |
| 2495 | */ |
| 2496 | int |
| 2497 | utf_valid_string(s, end) |
| 2498 | char_u *s; |
| 2499 | char_u *end; |
| 2500 | { |
| 2501 | int l; |
| 2502 | char_u *p = s; |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | while (end == NULL ? *p != NUL : p < end) |
| 2505 | { |
| 2506 | if ((*p & 0xc0) == 0x80) |
| 2507 | return FALSE; /* invalid lead byte */ |
| 2508 | l = utf8len_tab[*p]; |
| 2509 | if (end != NULL && p + l > end) |
| 2510 | return FALSE; /* incomplete byte sequence */ |
| 2511 | ++p; |
| 2512 | while (--l > 0) |
| 2513 | if ((*p++ & 0xc0) != 0x80) |
| 2514 | return FALSE; /* invalid trail byte */ |
| 2515 | } |
| 2516 | return TRUE; |
| 2517 | } |
| 2518 | #endif |
| 2519 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2520 | #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) |
| 2521 | /* |
| 2522 | * Special version of mb_tail_off() for use in ScreenLines[]. |
| 2523 | */ |
| 2524 | int |
| 2525 | dbcs_screen_tail_off(base, p) |
| 2526 | char_u *base; |
| 2527 | char_u *p; |
| 2528 | { |
| 2529 | /* It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the |
| 2530 | * end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte. |
| 2531 | * For euc-jp an 0x8e byte always means we have a lead byte in the current |
| 2532 | * cell. */ |
| 2533 | if (*p == NUL || p[1] == NUL |
| 2534 | || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
| 2535 | || MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) == 1) |
| 2536 | return 0; |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 | /* Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte. */ |
| 2539 | return 1 - dbcs_screen_head_off(base, p); |
| 2540 | } |
| 2541 | #endif |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | /* |
| 2544 | * If the cursor moves on an trail byte, set the cursor on the lead byte. |
| 2545 | * Thus it moves left if necessary. |
| 2546 | * Return TRUE when the cursor was adjusted. |
| 2547 | */ |
| 2548 | void |
| 2549 | mb_adjust_cursor() |
| 2550 | { |
| 2551 | mb_adjustpos(&curwin->w_cursor); |
| 2552 | } |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | /* |
| 2555 | * Adjust position "*lp" to point to the first byte of a multi-byte character. |
| 2556 | * If it points to a tail byte it's moved backwards to the head byte. |
| 2557 | */ |
| 2558 | void |
| 2559 | mb_adjustpos(lp) |
| 2560 | pos_T *lp; |
| 2561 | { |
| 2562 | char_u *p; |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 | if (lp->col > 0 |
| 2565 | #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 2566 | || lp->coladd > 1 |
| 2567 | #endif |
| 2568 | ) |
| 2569 | { |
| 2570 | p = ml_get(lp->lnum); |
| 2571 | lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); |
| 2572 | #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 2573 | /* Reset "coladd" when the cursor would be on the right half of a |
| 2574 | * double-wide character. */ |
| 2575 | if (lp->coladd == 1 |
| 2576 | && p[lp->col] != TAB |
| 2577 | && vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(p + lp->col)) |
| 2578 | && ptr2cells(p + lp->col) > 1) |
| 2579 | lp->coladd = 0; |
| 2580 | #endif |
| 2581 | } |
| 2582 | } |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | /* |
| 2585 | * Return a pointer to the character before "*p", if there is one. |
| 2586 | */ |
| 2587 | char_u * |
| 2588 | mb_prevptr(line, p) |
| 2589 | char_u *line; /* start of the string */ |
| 2590 | char_u *p; |
| 2591 | { |
| 2592 | if (p > line) |
| 2593 | p = p - (*mb_head_off)(line, p - 1) - 1; |
| 2594 | return p; |
| 2595 | } |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | /* |
| 2598 | * Return the character length of "str". multi-byte characters counts as one. |
| 2599 | */ |
| 2600 | int |
| 2601 | mb_charlen(str) |
| 2602 | char_u *str; |
| 2603 | { |
| 2604 | int count; |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 | if (str == NULL) |
| 2607 | return 0; |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | for (count = 0; *str != NUL; count++) |
| 2610 | str += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(str); |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | return count; |
| 2613 | } |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | /* |
| 2616 | * Try to un-escape a multi-byte character. |
| 2617 | * Used for the "to" and "from" part of a mapping. |
| 2618 | * Return the un-escaped string if it is a multi-byte character, and advance |
| 2619 | * "pp" to just after the bytes that formed it. |
| 2620 | * Return NULL if no multi-byte char was found. |
| 2621 | */ |
| 2622 | char_u * |
| 2623 | mb_unescape(pp) |
| 2624 | char_u **pp; |
| 2625 | { |
| 2626 | static char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 2627 | int n, m = 0; |
| 2628 | char_u *str = *pp; |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | /* Must translate K_SPECIAL KS_SPECIAL KE_FILLER to K_SPECIAL and CSI |
| 2631 | * KS_EXTRA KE_CSI to CSI. */ |
| 2632 | for (n = 0; str[n] != NUL && m <= MB_MAXBYTES; ++n) |
| 2633 | { |
| 2634 | if (str[n] == K_SPECIAL |
| 2635 | && str[n + 1] == KS_SPECIAL |
| 2636 | && str[n + 2] == KE_FILLER) |
| 2637 | { |
| 2638 | buf[m++] = K_SPECIAL; |
| 2639 | n += 2; |
| 2640 | } |
| 2641 | # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 2642 | else if (str[n] == CSI |
| 2643 | && str[n + 1] == KS_EXTRA |
| 2644 | && str[n + 2] == (int)KE_CSI) |
| 2645 | { |
| 2646 | buf[m++] = CSI; |
| 2647 | n += 2; |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | # endif |
| 2650 | else if (str[n] == K_SPECIAL |
| 2651 | # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 2652 | || str[n] == CSI |
| 2653 | # endif |
| 2654 | ) |
| 2655 | break; /* a special key can't be a multibyte char */ |
| 2656 | else |
| 2657 | buf[m++] = str[n]; |
| 2658 | buf[m] = NUL; |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | /* Return a multi-byte character if it's found. An illegal sequence |
| 2661 | * will result in a 1 here. */ |
| 2662 | if ((*mb_ptr2len_check)(buf) > 1) |
| 2663 | { |
| 2664 | *pp = str + n + 1; |
| 2665 | return buf; |
| 2666 | } |
| 2667 | } |
| 2668 | return NULL; |
| 2669 | } |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | /* |
| 2672 | * Return TRUE if the character at "row"/"col" on the screen is the left side |
| 2673 | * of a double-width character. |
| 2674 | * Caller must make sure "row" and "col" are not invalid! |
| 2675 | */ |
| 2676 | int |
| 2677 | mb_lefthalve(row, col) |
| 2678 | int row; |
| 2679 | int col; |
| 2680 | { |
| 2681 | #ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN |
| 2682 | if (composing_hangul) |
| 2683 | return TRUE; |
| 2684 | #endif |
| 2685 | if (enc_dbcs != 0) |
| 2686 | return dbcs_off2cells(LineOffset[row] + col) > 1; |
| 2687 | if (enc_utf8) |
| 2688 | return (col + 1 < Columns |
| 2689 | && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col + 1] == 0); |
| 2690 | return FALSE; |
| 2691 | } |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | # if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) \ |
| 2694 | || defined(PROTO) |
| 2695 | /* |
| 2696 | * Correct a position on the screen, if it's the right halve of a double-wide |
| 2697 | * char move it to the left halve. Returns the corrected column. |
| 2698 | */ |
| 2699 | int |
| 2700 | mb_fix_col(col, row) |
| 2701 | int col; |
| 2702 | int row; |
| 2703 | { |
| 2704 | col = check_col(col); |
| 2705 | row = check_row(row); |
| 2706 | if (has_mbyte && ScreenLines != NULL && col > 0 |
| 2707 | && ((enc_dbcs |
| 2708 | && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col] != NUL |
| 2709 | && dbcs_screen_head_off(ScreenLines + LineOffset[row], |
| 2710 | ScreenLines + LineOffset[row] + col)) |
| 2711 | || (enc_utf8 && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col] == 0))) |
| 2712 | --col; |
| 2713 | return col; |
| 2714 | } |
| 2715 | # endif |
| 2716 | #endif |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 2719 | static int enc_alias_search __ARGS((char_u *name)); |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | /* |
| 2722 | * Skip the Vim specific head of a 'encoding' name. |
| 2723 | */ |
| 2724 | char_u * |
| 2725 | enc_skip(p) |
| 2726 | char_u *p; |
| 2727 | { |
| 2728 | if (STRNCMP(p, "2byte-", 6) == 0) |
| 2729 | return p + 6; |
| 2730 | if (STRNCMP(p, "8bit-", 5) == 0) |
| 2731 | return p + 5; |
| 2732 | return p; |
| 2733 | } |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 | /* |
| 2736 | * Find the canonical name for encoding "enc". |
| 2737 | * When the name isn't recognized, returns "enc" itself, but with all lower |
| 2738 | * case characters and '_' replaced with '-'. |
| 2739 | * Returns an allocated string. NULL for out-of-memory. |
| 2740 | */ |
| 2741 | char_u * |
| 2742 | enc_canonize(enc) |
| 2743 | char_u *enc; |
| 2744 | { |
| 2745 | char_u *r; |
| 2746 | char_u *p, *s; |
| 2747 | int i; |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | /* copy "enc" to allocted memory, with room for two '-' */ |
| 2750 | r = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(enc) + 3)); |
| 2751 | if (r != NULL) |
| 2752 | { |
| 2753 | /* Make it all lower case and replace '_' with '-'. */ |
| 2754 | p = r; |
| 2755 | for (s = enc; *s != NUL; ++s) |
| 2756 | { |
| 2757 | if (*s == '_') |
| 2758 | *p++ = '-'; |
| 2759 | else |
| 2760 | *p++ = TOLOWER_ASC(*s); |
| 2761 | } |
| 2762 | *p = NUL; |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 | /* Skip "2byte-" and "8bit-". */ |
| 2765 | p = enc_skip(r); |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | /* "iso8859" -> "iso-8859" */ |
| 2768 | if (STRNCMP(p, "iso8859", 7) == 0) |
| 2769 | { |
| 2770 | mch_memmove(p + 4, p + 3, STRLEN(p + 2)); |
| 2771 | p[3] = '-'; |
| 2772 | } |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | /* "iso-8859n" -> "iso-8859-n" */ |
| 2775 | if (STRNCMP(p, "iso-8859", 8) == 0 && p[8] != '-') |
| 2776 | { |
| 2777 | mch_memmove(p + 9, p + 8, STRLEN(p + 7)); |
| 2778 | p[8] = '-'; |
| 2779 | } |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 | /* "latin-N" -> "latinN" */ |
| 2782 | if (STRNCMP(p, "latin-", 6) == 0) |
| 2783 | mch_memmove(p + 5, p + 6, STRLEN(p + 5)); |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | if (enc_canon_search(p) >= 0) |
| 2786 | { |
| 2787 | /* canonical name can be used unmodified */ |
| 2788 | if (p != r) |
| 2789 | mch_memmove(r, p, STRLEN(p) + 1); |
| 2790 | } |
| 2791 | else if ((i = enc_alias_search(p)) >= 0) |
| 2792 | { |
| 2793 | /* alias recognized, get canonical name */ |
| 2794 | vim_free(r); |
| 2795 | r = vim_strsave((char_u *)enc_canon_table[i].name); |
| 2796 | } |
| 2797 | } |
| 2798 | return r; |
| 2799 | } |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | /* |
| 2802 | * Search for an encoding alias of "name". |
| 2803 | * Returns -1 when not found. |
| 2804 | */ |
| 2805 | static int |
| 2806 | enc_alias_search(name) |
| 2807 | char_u *name; |
| 2808 | { |
| 2809 | int i; |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | for (i = 0; enc_alias_table[i].name != NULL; ++i) |
| 2812 | if (STRCMP(name, enc_alias_table[i].name) == 0) |
| 2813 | return enc_alias_table[i].canon; |
| 2814 | return -1; |
| 2815 | } |
| 2816 | #endif |
| 2817 | |
| 2818 | #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | #ifdef HAVE_LANGINFO_H |
| 2821 | # include <langinfo.h> |
| 2822 | #endif |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 | /* |
| 2825 | * Get the canonicalized encoding of the current locale. |
| 2826 | * Returns an allocated string when successful, NULL when not. |
| 2827 | */ |
| 2828 | char_u * |
| 2829 | enc_locale() |
| 2830 | { |
| 2831 | #ifndef WIN3264 |
| 2832 | char *s; |
| 2833 | char *p; |
| 2834 | int i; |
| 2835 | #endif |
| 2836 | char buf[50]; |
| 2837 | #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 2838 | long acp = GetACP(); |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | if (acp == 1200) |
| 2841 | STRCPY(buf, "ucs-2le"); |
| 2842 | else if (acp == 1252) |
| 2843 | STRCPY(buf, "latin1"); |
| 2844 | else |
| 2845 | sprintf(buf, "cp%ld", acp); |
| 2846 | #else |
| 2847 | # ifdef HAVE_NL_LANGINFO_CODESET |
| 2848 | if ((s = nl_langinfo(CODESET)) == NULL || *s == NUL) |
| 2849 | # endif |
| 2850 | # if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE) |
| 2851 | if ((s = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL)) == NULL || *s == NUL) |
| 2852 | # endif |
| 2853 | if ((s = getenv("LC_ALL")) == NULL || *s == NUL) |
| 2854 | if ((s = getenv("LC_CTYPE")) == NULL || *s == NUL) |
| 2855 | s = getenv("LANG"); |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 | if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) |
| 2858 | return FAIL; |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | /* The most generic locale format is: |
| 2861 | * language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] |
| 2862 | * If there is a '.' remove the part before it. |
| 2863 | * if there is something after the codeset, remove it. |
| 2864 | * Make the name lowercase and replace '_' with '-'. |
| 2865 | * Exception: "ja_JP.EUC" == "euc-jp", "zh_CN.EUC" = "euc-cn", |
| 2866 | * "ko_KR.EUC" == "euc-kr" |
| 2867 | */ |
| 2868 | if ((p = (char *)vim_strchr((char_u *)s, '.')) != NULL) |
| 2869 | { |
| 2870 | if (p > s + 2 && STRNICMP(p + 1, "EUC", 3) == 0 |
| 2871 | && !isalnum((int)p[4]) && p[4] != '-' && p[-3] == '_') |
| 2872 | { |
| 2873 | /* copy "XY.EUC" to "euc-XY" to buf[10] */ |
| 2874 | STRCPY(buf + 10, "euc-"); |
| 2875 | buf[14] = p[-2]; |
| 2876 | buf[15] = p[-1]; |
| 2877 | buf[16] = 0; |
| 2878 | s = buf + 10; |
| 2879 | } |
| 2880 | else |
| 2881 | s = p + 1; |
| 2882 | } |
| 2883 | for (i = 0; s[i] != NUL && i < sizeof(buf) - 1; ++i) |
| 2884 | { |
| 2885 | if (s[i] == '_' || s[i] == '-') |
| 2886 | buf[i] = '-'; |
| 2887 | else if (isalnum((int)s[i])) |
| 2888 | buf[i] = TOLOWER_ASC(s[i]); |
| 2889 | else |
| 2890 | break; |
| 2891 | } |
| 2892 | buf[i] = NUL; |
| 2893 | #endif |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | return enc_canonize((char_u *)buf); |
| 2896 | } |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(PROTO) |
| 2899 | /* |
| 2900 | * Convert an encoding name to an MS-Windows codepage. |
| 2901 | * Returns zero if no codepage can be figured out. |
| 2902 | */ |
| 2903 | int |
| 2904 | encname2codepage(name) |
| 2905 | char_u *name; |
| 2906 | { |
| 2907 | int cp; |
| 2908 | char_u *p = name; |
| 2909 | int idx; |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | if (STRNCMP(p, "8bit-", 5) == 0) |
| 2912 | p += 5; |
| 2913 | else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "2byte-", 6) == 0) |
| 2914 | p += 6; |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | if (p[0] == 'c' && p[1] == 'p') |
| 2917 | cp = atoi(p + 2); |
| 2918 | else if ((idx = enc_canon_search(p)) >= 0) |
| 2919 | cp = enc_canon_table[idx].codepage; |
| 2920 | else |
| 2921 | return 0; |
| 2922 | if (IsValidCodePage(cp)) |
| 2923 | return cp; |
| 2924 | return 0; |
| 2925 | } |
| 2926 | #endif |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 | # if defined(USE_ICONV) || defined(PROTO) |
| 2929 | |
| 2930 | static char_u *iconv_string __ARGS((vimconv_T *vcp, char_u *str, int slen, int *unconvlenp)); |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | /* |
| 2933 | * Call iconv_open() with a check if iconv() works properly (there are broken |
| 2934 | * versions). |
| 2935 | * Returns (void *)-1 if failed. |
| 2936 | * (should return iconv_t, but that causes problems with prototypes). |
| 2937 | */ |
| 2938 | void * |
| 2939 | my_iconv_open(to, from) |
| 2940 | char_u *to; |
| 2941 | char_u *from; |
| 2942 | { |
| 2943 | iconv_t fd; |
| 2944 | #define ICONV_TESTLEN 400 |
| 2945 | char_u tobuf[ICONV_TESTLEN]; |
| 2946 | char *p; |
| 2947 | size_t tolen; |
| 2948 | static int iconv_ok = -1; |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | if (iconv_ok == FALSE) |
| 2951 | return (void *)-1; /* detected a broken iconv() previously */ |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 | #ifdef DYNAMIC_ICONV |
| 2954 | /* Check if the iconv.dll can be found. */ |
| 2955 | if (!iconv_enabled(TRUE)) |
| 2956 | return (void *)-1; |
| 2957 | #endif |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | fd = iconv_open((char *)enc_skip(to), (char *)enc_skip(from)); |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | if (fd != (iconv_t)-1 && iconv_ok == -1) |
| 2962 | { |
| 2963 | /* |
| 2964 | * Do a dummy iconv() call to check if it actually works. There is a |
| 2965 | * version of iconv() on Linux that is broken. We can't ignore it, |
| 2966 | * because it's wide-spread. The symptoms are that after outputting |
| 2967 | * the initial shift state the "to" pointer is NULL and conversion |
| 2968 | * stops for no apparent reason after about 8160 characters. |
| 2969 | */ |
| 2970 | p = (char *)tobuf; |
| 2971 | tolen = ICONV_TESTLEN; |
| 2972 | (void)iconv(fd, NULL, NULL, &p, &tolen); |
| 2973 | if (p == NULL) |
| 2974 | { |
| 2975 | iconv_ok = FALSE; |
| 2976 | iconv_close(fd); |
| 2977 | fd = (iconv_t)-1; |
| 2978 | } |
| 2979 | else |
| 2980 | iconv_ok = TRUE; |
| 2981 | } |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | return (void *)fd; |
| 2984 | } |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | /* |
| 2987 | * Convert the string "str[slen]" with iconv(). |
| 2988 | * If "unconvlenp" is not NULL handle the string ending in an incomplete |
| 2989 | * sequence and set "*unconvlenp" to the length of it. |
| 2990 | * Returns the converted string in allocated memory. NULL for an error. |
| 2991 | */ |
| 2992 | static char_u * |
| 2993 | iconv_string(vcp, str, slen, unconvlenp) |
| 2994 | vimconv_T *vcp; |
| 2995 | char_u *str; |
| 2996 | int slen; |
| 2997 | int *unconvlenp; |
| 2998 | { |
| 2999 | const char *from; |
| 3000 | size_t fromlen; |
| 3001 | char *to; |
| 3002 | size_t tolen; |
| 3003 | size_t len = 0; |
| 3004 | size_t done = 0; |
| 3005 | char_u *result = NULL; |
| 3006 | char_u *p; |
| 3007 | int l; |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | from = (char *)str; |
| 3010 | fromlen = slen; |
| 3011 | for (;;) |
| 3012 | { |
| 3013 | if (len == 0 || ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_E2BIG) |
| 3014 | { |
| 3015 | /* Allocate enough room for most conversions. When re-allocating |
| 3016 | * increase the buffer size. */ |
| 3017 | len = len + fromlen * 2 + 40; |
| 3018 | p = alloc((unsigned)len); |
| 3019 | if (p != NULL && done > 0) |
| 3020 | mch_memmove(p, result, done); |
| 3021 | vim_free(result); |
| 3022 | result = p; |
| 3023 | if (result == NULL) /* out of memory */ |
| 3024 | break; |
| 3025 | } |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | to = (char *)result + done; |
| 3028 | tolen = len - done - 2; |
| 3029 | /* Avoid a warning for systems with a wrong iconv() prototype by |
| 3030 | * casting the second argument to void *. */ |
| 3031 | if (iconv(vcp->vc_fd, (void *)&from, &fromlen, &to, &tolen) |
| 3032 | != (size_t)-1) |
| 3033 | { |
| 3034 | /* Finished, append a NUL. */ |
| 3035 | *to = NUL; |
| 3036 | break; |
| 3037 | } |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | /* Check both ICONV_EINVAL and EINVAL, because the dynamically loaded |
| 3040 | * iconv library may use one of them. */ |
| 3041 | if (!vcp->vc_fail && unconvlenp != NULL |
| 3042 | && (ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EINVAL || ICONV_ERRNO == EINVAL)) |
| 3043 | { |
| 3044 | /* Handle an incomplete sequence at the end. */ |
| 3045 | *to = NUL; |
| 3046 | *unconvlenp = fromlen; |
| 3047 | break; |
| 3048 | } |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | /* Check both ICONV_EILSEQ and EILSEQ, because the dynamically loaded |
| 3051 | * iconv library may use one of them. */ |
| 3052 | else if (!vcp->vc_fail |
| 3053 | && (ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EILSEQ || ICONV_ERRNO == EILSEQ |
| 3054 | || ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EINVAL || ICONV_ERRNO == EINVAL)) |
| 3055 | { |
| 3056 | /* Can't convert: insert a '?' and skip a character. This assumes |
| 3057 | * conversion from 'encoding' to something else. In other |
| 3058 | * situations we don't know what to skip anyway. */ |
| 3059 | *to++ = '?'; |
| 3060 | if ((*mb_ptr2cells)((char_u *)from) > 1) |
| 3061 | *to++ = '?'; |
| 3062 | l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)((char_u *)from); |
| 3063 | from += l; |
| 3064 | fromlen -= l; |
| 3065 | } |
| 3066 | else if (ICONV_ERRNO != ICONV_E2BIG) |
| 3067 | { |
| 3068 | /* conversion failed */ |
| 3069 | vim_free(result); |
| 3070 | result = NULL; |
| 3071 | break; |
| 3072 | } |
| 3073 | /* Not enough room or skipping illegal sequence. */ |
| 3074 | done = to - (char *)result; |
| 3075 | } |
| 3076 | return result; |
| 3077 | } |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | # if defined(DYNAMIC_ICONV) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3080 | /* |
| 3081 | * Dynamically load the "iconv.dll" on Win32. |
| 3082 | */ |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | #ifndef DYNAMIC_ICONV /* just generating prototypes */ |
| 3085 | # define HINSTANCE int |
| 3086 | #endif |
| 3087 | HINSTANCE hIconvDLL = 0; |
| 3088 | HINSTANCE hMsvcrtDLL = 0; |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 | # ifndef DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL |
| 3091 | # define DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL "iconv.dll" |
| 3092 | # define DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL_ALT "libiconv.dll" |
| 3093 | # endif |
| 3094 | # ifndef DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL |
| 3095 | # define DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL "msvcrt.dll" |
| 3096 | # endif |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | /* |
| 3099 | * Try opening the iconv.dll and return TRUE if iconv() can be used. |
| 3100 | */ |
| 3101 | int |
| 3102 | iconv_enabled(verbose) |
| 3103 | int verbose; |
| 3104 | { |
| 3105 | if (hIconvDLL != 0 && hMsvcrtDLL != 0) |
| 3106 | return TRUE; |
| 3107 | hIconvDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL); |
| 3108 | if (hIconvDLL == 0) /* sometimes it's called libiconv.dll */ |
| 3109 | hIconvDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL_ALT); |
| 3110 | if (hIconvDLL != 0) |
| 3111 | hMsvcrtDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL); |
| 3112 | if (hIconvDLL == 0 || hMsvcrtDLL == 0) |
| 3113 | { |
| 3114 | /* Only give the message when 'verbose' is set, otherwise it might be |
| 3115 | * done whenever a conversion is attempted. */ |
| 3116 | if (verbose && p_verbose > 0) |
| 3117 | EMSG2(_(e_loadlib), |
| 3118 | hIconvDLL == 0 ? DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL : DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL); |
| 3119 | iconv_end(); |
| 3120 | return FALSE; |
| 3121 | } |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | *((FARPROC*)&iconv) = GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv"); |
| 3124 | *((FARPROC*)&iconv_open) = GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv_open"); |
| 3125 | *((FARPROC*)&iconv_close) = GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv_close"); |
| 3126 | *((FARPROC*)&iconvctl) = GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconvctl"); |
| 3127 | *((FARPROC*)&iconv_errno) = GetProcAddress(hMsvcrtDLL, "_errno"); |
| 3128 | if (iconv == NULL || iconv_open == NULL || iconv_close == NULL |
| 3129 | || iconvctl == NULL || iconv_errno == NULL) |
| 3130 | { |
| 3131 | iconv_end(); |
| 3132 | if (verbose && p_verbose > 0) |
| 3133 | EMSG2(_(e_loadfunc), "for libiconv"); |
| 3134 | return FALSE; |
| 3135 | } |
| 3136 | return TRUE; |
| 3137 | } |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 | void |
| 3140 | iconv_end() |
| 3141 | { |
| 3142 | /* Don't use iconv() when inputting or outputting characters. */ |
| 3143 | if (input_conv.vc_type == CONV_ICONV) |
| 3144 | convert_setup(&input_conv, NULL, NULL); |
| 3145 | if (output_conv.vc_type == CONV_ICONV) |
| 3146 | convert_setup(&output_conv, NULL, NULL); |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | if (hIconvDLL != 0) |
| 3149 | FreeLibrary(hIconvDLL); |
| 3150 | if (hMsvcrtDLL != 0) |
| 3151 | FreeLibrary(hMsvcrtDLL); |
| 3152 | hIconvDLL = 0; |
| 3153 | hMsvcrtDLL = 0; |
| 3154 | } |
| 3155 | # endif /* DYNAMIC_ICONV */ |
| 3156 | # endif /* USE_ICONV */ |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 | #endif /* FEAT_MBYTE */ |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | #if defined(FEAT_XIM) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 3163 | static int xim_has_preediting INIT(= FALSE); /* IM current status */ |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | /* |
| 3166 | * Set preedit_start_col to the current cursor position. |
| 3167 | */ |
| 3168 | static void |
| 3169 | init_preedit_start_col(void) |
| 3170 | { |
| 3171 | if (State & CMDLINE) |
| 3172 | preedit_start_col = cmdline_getvcol_cursor(); |
| 3173 | else if (curwin != NULL) |
| 3174 | getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &preedit_start_col, NULL, NULL); |
| 3175 | /* Prevent that preediting marks the buffer as changed. */ |
| 3176 | xim_changed_while_preediting = curbuf->b_changed; |
| 3177 | } |
| 3178 | # endif |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | # if defined(HAVE_GTK2) && !defined(PROTO) |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | static int im_is_active = FALSE; /* IM is enabled for current mode */ |
| 3183 | static int im_preedit_cursor = 0; /* cursor offset in characters */ |
| 3184 | static int im_preedit_trailing = 0; /* number of characters after cursor */ |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | static unsigned long im_commit_handler_id = 0; |
| 3187 | static unsigned int im_activatekey_keyval = GDK_VoidSymbol; |
| 3188 | static unsigned int im_activatekey_state = 0; |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | void |
| 3191 | im_set_active(int active) |
| 3192 | { |
| 3193 | int was_active; |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 | was_active = !!im_is_active; |
| 3196 | im_is_active = (active && !p_imdisable); |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | if (im_is_active != was_active) |
| 3199 | xim_reset(); |
| 3200 | } |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 | void |
| 3203 | xim_set_focus(int focus) |
| 3204 | { |
| 3205 | if (xic != NULL) |
| 3206 | { |
| 3207 | if (focus) |
| 3208 | gtk_im_context_focus_in(xic); |
| 3209 | else |
| 3210 | gtk_im_context_focus_out(xic); |
| 3211 | } |
| 3212 | } |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 | void |
| 3215 | im_set_position(int row, int col) |
| 3216 | { |
| 3217 | if (xic != NULL) |
| 3218 | { |
| 3219 | GdkRectangle area; |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | area.x = FILL_X(col); |
| 3222 | area.y = FILL_Y(row); |
| 3223 | area.width = gui.char_width * (mb_lefthalve(row, col) ? 2 : 1); |
| 3224 | area.height = gui.char_height; |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | gtk_im_context_set_cursor_location(xic, &area); |
| 3227 | } |
| 3228 | } |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | # if 0 || defined(PROTO) /* apparently only used in gui_x11.c */ |
| 3231 | void |
| 3232 | xim_set_preedit(void) |
| 3233 | { |
| 3234 | im_set_position(gui.row, gui.col); |
| 3235 | } |
| 3236 | # endif |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | static void |
| 3239 | im_add_to_input(char_u *str, int len) |
| 3240 | { |
| 3241 | /* Convert from 'termencoding' (always "utf-8") to 'encoding' */ |
| 3242 | if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) |
| 3243 | { |
| 3244 | str = string_convert(&input_conv, str, &len); |
| 3245 | g_return_if_fail(str != NULL); |
| 3246 | } |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 | add_to_input_buf_csi(str, len); |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) |
| 3251 | vim_free(str); |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | if (p_mh) /* blank out the pointer if necessary */ |
| 3254 | gui_mch_mousehide(TRUE); |
| 3255 | } |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | static void |
| 3258 | im_delete_preedit(void) |
| 3259 | { |
| 3260 | char_u bskey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'b'}; |
| 3261 | char_u delkey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'D'}; |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | if (State & NORMAL) |
| 3264 | { |
| 3265 | im_preedit_cursor = 0; |
| 3266 | return; |
| 3267 | } |
| 3268 | for (; im_preedit_cursor > 0; --im_preedit_cursor) |
| 3269 | add_to_input_buf(bskey, (int)sizeof(bskey)); |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 | for (; im_preedit_trailing > 0; --im_preedit_trailing) |
| 3272 | add_to_input_buf(delkey, (int)sizeof(delkey)); |
| 3273 | } |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | static void |
| 3276 | im_correct_cursor(int num_move_back) |
| 3277 | { |
| 3278 | char_u backkey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'l'}; |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 | if (State & NORMAL) |
| 3281 | return; |
| 3282 | # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 3283 | if ((State & CMDLINE) == 0 && curwin != NULL && curwin->w_p_rl) |
| 3284 | backkey[2] = 'r'; |
| 3285 | # endif |
| 3286 | for (; num_move_back > 0; --num_move_back) |
| 3287 | add_to_input_buf(backkey, (int)sizeof(backkey)); |
| 3288 | } |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | static int xim_expected_char = NUL; |
| 3291 | static int xim_ignored_char = FALSE; |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | /* |
| 3294 | * Update the mode and cursor while in an IM callback. |
| 3295 | */ |
| 3296 | static void |
| 3297 | im_show_info(void) |
| 3298 | { |
| 3299 | int old_vgetc_busy; |
| 3300 | old_vgetc_busy = vgetc_busy; |
| 3301 | vgetc_busy = TRUE; |
| 3302 | showmode(); |
| 3303 | vgetc_busy = old_vgetc_busy; |
| 3304 | setcursor(); |
| 3305 | out_flush(); |
| 3306 | } |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | /* |
| 3309 | * Callback invoked when the user finished preediting. |
| 3310 | * Put the final string into the input buffer. |
| 3311 | */ |
| 3312 | /*ARGSUSED0*/ |
| 3313 | static void |
| 3314 | im_commit_cb(GtkIMContext *context, const gchar *str, gpointer data) |
| 3315 | { |
| 3316 | int slen = (int)STRLEN(str); |
| 3317 | int add_to_input = TRUE; |
| 3318 | int clen; |
| 3319 | int len = slen; |
| 3320 | int commit_with_preedit = TRUE; |
| 3321 | char_u *im_str, *p; |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 3324 | xim_log("im_commit_cb(): %s\n", str); |
| 3325 | #endif |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | /* The imhangul module doesn't reset the preedit string before |
| 3328 | * committing. Call im_delete_preedit() to work around that. */ |
| 3329 | im_delete_preedit(); |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | /* Indicate that preediting has finished. */ |
| 3332 | if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL) |
| 3333 | { |
| 3334 | init_preedit_start_col(); |
| 3335 | commit_with_preedit = FALSE; |
| 3336 | } |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | /* The thing which setting "preedit_start_col" to MAXCOL means that |
| 3339 | * "preedit_start_col" will be set forcely when calling |
| 3340 | * preedit_changed_cb() next time. |
| 3341 | * "preedit_start_col" should not reset with MAXCOL on this part. Vim |
| 3342 | * is simulating the preediting by using add_to_input_str(). when |
| 3343 | * preedit begin immediately before committed, the typebuf is not |
| 3344 | * flushed to screen, then it can't get correct "preedit_start_col". |
| 3345 | * Thus, it should calculate the cells by adding cells of the committed |
| 3346 | * string. */ |
| 3347 | if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) |
| 3348 | { |
| 3349 | im_str = string_convert(&input_conv, (char_u *)str, &len); |
| 3350 | g_return_if_fail(im_str != NULL); |
| 3351 | } |
| 3352 | else |
| 3353 | im_str = (char_u *)str; |
| 3354 | clen = 0; |
| 3355 | for (p = im_str; p < im_str + len; p += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p)) |
| 3356 | clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); |
| 3357 | if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) |
| 3358 | vim_free(im_str); |
| 3359 | preedit_start_col += clen; |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 | /* Is this a single character that matches a keypad key that's just |
| 3362 | * been pressed? If so, we don't want it to be entered as such - let |
| 3363 | * us carry on processing the raw keycode so that it may be used in |
| 3364 | * mappings as <kSomething>. */ |
| 3365 | if (xim_expected_char != NUL) |
| 3366 | { |
| 3367 | /* We're currently processing a keypad or other special key */ |
| 3368 | if (slen == 1 && str[0] == xim_expected_char) |
| 3369 | { |
| 3370 | /* It's a match - don't do it here */ |
| 3371 | xim_ignored_char = TRUE; |
| 3372 | add_to_input = FALSE; |
| 3373 | } |
| 3374 | else |
| 3375 | { |
| 3376 | /* Not a match */ |
| 3377 | xim_ignored_char = FALSE; |
| 3378 | } |
| 3379 | } |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | if (add_to_input) |
| 3382 | im_add_to_input((char_u *)str, slen); |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | /* Inserting chars while "im_is_active" is set does not cause a change of |
| 3385 | * buffer. When the chars are committed the buffer must be marked as |
| 3386 | * changed. */ |
| 3387 | if (!commit_with_preedit) |
| 3388 | preedit_start_col = MAXCOL; |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 | /* This flag is used in changed() at next call. */ |
| 3391 | xim_changed_while_preediting = TRUE; |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | if (gtk_main_level() > 0) |
| 3394 | gtk_main_quit(); |
| 3395 | } |
| 3396 | |
| 3397 | /* |
| 3398 | * Callback invoked after start to the preedit. |
| 3399 | */ |
| 3400 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 3401 | static void |
| 3402 | im_preedit_start_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data) |
| 3403 | { |
| 3404 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 3405 | xim_log("im_preedit_start_cb()\n"); |
| 3406 | #endif |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 | im_is_active = TRUE; |
| 3409 | gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); |
| 3410 | } |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | /* |
| 3413 | * Callback invoked after end to the preedit. |
| 3414 | */ |
| 3415 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 3416 | static void |
| 3417 | im_preedit_end_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data) |
| 3418 | { |
| 3419 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 3420 | xim_log("im_preedit_end_cb()\n"); |
| 3421 | #endif |
| 3422 | im_delete_preedit(); |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | /* Indicate that preediting has finished */ |
| 3425 | preedit_start_col = MAXCOL; |
| 3426 | xim_has_preediting = FALSE; |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | im_is_active = FALSE; |
| 3429 | gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); |
| 3430 | im_show_info(); |
| 3431 | } |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | /* |
| 3434 | * Callback invoked after changes to the preedit string. If the preedit |
| 3435 | * string was empty before, remember the preedit start column so we know |
| 3436 | * where to apply feedback attributes. Delete the previous preedit string |
| 3437 | * if there was one, save the new preedit cursor offset, and put the new |
| 3438 | * string into the input buffer. |
| 3439 | * |
| 3440 | * TODO: The pragmatic "put into input buffer" approach used here has |
| 3441 | * several fundamental problems: |
| 3442 | * |
| 3443 | * - The characters in the preedit string are subject to remapping. |
| 3444 | * That's broken, only the finally committed string should be remapped. |
| 3445 | * |
| 3446 | * - There is a race condition involved: The retrieved value for the |
| 3447 | * current cursor position will be wrong if any unprocessed characters |
| 3448 | * are still queued in the input buffer. |
| 3449 | * |
| 3450 | * - Due to the lack of synchronization between the file buffer in memory |
| 3451 | * and any typed characters, it's practically impossible to implement the |
| 3452 | * "retrieve_surrounding" and "delete_surrounding" signals reliably. IM |
| 3453 | * modules for languages such as Thai are likely to rely on this feature |
| 3454 | * for proper operation. |
| 3455 | * |
| 3456 | * Conclusions: I think support for preediting needs to be moved to the |
| 3457 | * core parts of Vim. Ideally, until it has been committed, the preediting |
| 3458 | * string should only be displayed and not affect the buffer content at all. |
| 3459 | * The question how to deal with the synchronization issue still remains. |
| 3460 | * Circumventing the input buffer is probably not desirable. Anyway, I think |
| 3461 | * implementing "retrieve_surrounding" is the only hard problem. |
| 3462 | * |
| 3463 | * One way to solve all of this in a clean manner would be to queue all key |
| 3464 | * press/release events "as is" in the input buffer, and apply the IM filtering |
| 3465 | * at the receiving end of the queue. This, however, would have a rather large |
| 3466 | * impact on the code base. If there is an easy way to force processing of all |
| 3467 | * remaining input from within the "retrieve_surrounding" signal handler, this |
| 3468 | * might not be necessary. Gotta ask on vim-dev for opinions. |
| 3469 | */ |
| 3470 | /*ARGSUSED1*/ |
| 3471 | static void |
| 3472 | im_preedit_changed_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data) |
| 3473 | { |
| 3474 | char *preedit_string = NULL; |
| 3475 | int cursor_index = 0; |
| 3476 | int num_move_back = 0; |
| 3477 | char_u *str; |
| 3478 | char_u *p; |
| 3479 | int i; |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(context, |
| 3482 | &preedit_string, NULL, |
| 3483 | &cursor_index); |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 3486 | xim_log("im_preedit_changed_cb(): %s\n", preedit_string); |
| 3487 | #endif |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | g_return_if_fail(preedit_string != NULL); /* just in case */ |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | /* If preedit_start_col is MAXCOL set it to the current cursor position. */ |
| 3492 | if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL && preedit_string[0] != '\0') |
| 3493 | { |
| 3494 | xim_has_preediting = TRUE; |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 | /* Urgh, this breaks if the input buffer isn't empty now */ |
| 3497 | init_preedit_start_col(); |
| 3498 | } |
| 3499 | else if (cursor_index == 0 && preedit_string[0] == '\0') |
| 3500 | { |
| 3501 | if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL) |
| 3502 | xim_has_preediting = FALSE; |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 | /* If at the start position (after typing backspace) |
| 3505 | * preedit_start_col must be reset. */ |
| 3506 | preedit_start_col = MAXCOL; |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | im_delete_preedit(); |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | /* |
| 3512 | * Compute the end of the preediting area: "preedit_end_col". |
| 3513 | * According to the documentation of gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(), |
| 3514 | * the cursor_pos output argument returns the offset in bytes. This is |
| 3515 | * unfortunately not true -- real life shows the offset is in characters, |
| 3516 | * and the GTK+ source code agrees with me. Will file a bug later. |
| 3517 | */ |
| 3518 | if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL) |
| 3519 | preedit_end_col = preedit_start_col; |
| 3520 | str = (char_u *)preedit_string; |
| 3521 | for (p = str, i = 0; *p != NUL; p += utf_byte2len(*p), ++i) |
| 3522 | { |
| 3523 | int is_composing; |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 | is_composing = ((*p & 0x80) != 0 && utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p))); |
| 3526 | /* |
| 3527 | * These offsets are used as counters when generating <BS> and <Del> |
| 3528 | * to delete the preedit string. So don't count composing characters |
| 3529 | * unless 'delcombine' is enabled. |
| 3530 | */ |
| 3531 | if (!is_composing || p_deco) |
| 3532 | { |
| 3533 | if (i < cursor_index) |
| 3534 | ++im_preedit_cursor; |
| 3535 | else |
| 3536 | ++im_preedit_trailing; |
| 3537 | } |
| 3538 | if (!is_composing && i >= cursor_index) |
| 3539 | { |
| 3540 | /* This is essentially the same as im_preedit_trailing, except |
| 3541 | * composing characters are not counted even if p_deco is set. */ |
| 3542 | ++num_move_back; |
| 3543 | } |
| 3544 | if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL) |
| 3545 | preedit_end_col += utf_ptr2cells(p); |
| 3546 | } |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | if (p > str) |
| 3549 | { |
| 3550 | im_add_to_input(str, (int)(p - str)); |
| 3551 | im_correct_cursor(num_move_back); |
| 3552 | } |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | g_free(preedit_string); |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | if (gtk_main_level() > 0) |
| 3557 | gtk_main_quit(); |
| 3558 | } |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 | /* |
| 3561 | * Translate the Pango attributes at iter to Vim highlighting attributes. |
| 3562 | * Ignore attributes not supported by Vim highlighting. This shouldn't have |
| 3563 | * too much impact -- right now we handle even more attributes than necessary |
| 3564 | * for the IM modules I tested with. |
| 3565 | */ |
| 3566 | static int |
| 3567 | translate_pango_attributes(PangoAttrIterator *iter) |
| 3568 | { |
| 3569 | PangoAttribute *attr; |
| 3570 | int char_attr = HL_NORMAL; |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_UNDERLINE); |
| 3573 | if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value |
| 3574 | != (int)PANGO_UNDERLINE_NONE) |
| 3575 | char_attr |= HL_UNDERLINE; |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_WEIGHT); |
| 3578 | if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value >= (int)PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD) |
| 3579 | char_attr |= HL_BOLD; |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 | attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_STYLE); |
| 3582 | if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value |
| 3583 | != (int)PANGO_STYLE_NORMAL) |
| 3584 | char_attr |= HL_ITALIC; |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 | attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_BACKGROUND); |
| 3587 | if (attr != NULL) |
| 3588 | { |
| 3589 | const PangoColor *color = &((PangoAttrColor *)attr)->color; |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | /* Assume inverse if black background is requested */ |
| 3592 | if ((color->red | color->green | color->blue) == 0) |
| 3593 | char_attr |= HL_INVERSE; |
| 3594 | } |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 | return char_attr; |
| 3597 | } |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | /* |
| 3600 | * Retrieve the highlighting attributes at column col in the preedit string. |
| 3601 | * Return -1 if not in preediting mode or if col is out of range. |
| 3602 | */ |
| 3603 | int |
| 3604 | im_get_feedback_attr(int col) |
| 3605 | { |
| 3606 | char *preedit_string = NULL; |
| 3607 | PangoAttrList *attr_list = NULL; |
| 3608 | int char_attr = -1; |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 | if (xic == NULL) |
| 3611 | return char_attr; |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(xic, &preedit_string, &attr_list, NULL); |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | if (preedit_string != NULL && attr_list != NULL) |
| 3616 | { |
| 3617 | int index; |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | /* Get the byte index as used by PangoAttrIterator */ |
| 3620 | for (index = 0; col > 0 && preedit_string[index] != '\0'; --col) |
| 3621 | index += utfc_ptr2len_check((char_u *)preedit_string + index); |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | if (preedit_string[index] != '\0') |
| 3624 | { |
| 3625 | PangoAttrIterator *iter; |
| 3626 | int start, end; |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 | char_attr = HL_NORMAL; |
| 3629 | iter = pango_attr_list_get_iterator(attr_list); |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | /* Extract all relevant attributes from the list. */ |
| 3632 | do |
| 3633 | { |
| 3634 | pango_attr_iterator_range(iter, &start, &end); |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | if (index >= start && index < end) |
| 3637 | char_attr |= translate_pango_attributes(iter); |
| 3638 | } |
| 3639 | while (pango_attr_iterator_next(iter)); |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | pango_attr_iterator_destroy(iter); |
| 3642 | } |
| 3643 | } |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 | if (attr_list != NULL) |
| 3646 | pango_attr_list_unref(attr_list); |
| 3647 | g_free(preedit_string); |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 | return char_attr; |
| 3650 | } |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | void |
| 3653 | xim_init(void) |
| 3654 | { |
| 3655 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 3656 | xim_log("xim_init()\n"); |
| 3657 | #endif |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 | g_return_if_fail(gui.drawarea != NULL); |
| 3660 | g_return_if_fail(gui.drawarea->window != NULL); |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | xic = gtk_im_multicontext_new(); |
| 3663 | g_object_ref(xic); |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 | im_commit_handler_id = g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "commit", |
| 3666 | G_CALLBACK(&im_commit_cb), NULL); |
| 3667 | g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_changed", |
| 3668 | G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_changed_cb), NULL); |
| 3669 | g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_start", |
| 3670 | G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_start_cb), NULL); |
| 3671 | g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_end", |
| 3672 | G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_end_cb), NULL); |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 | gtk_im_context_set_client_window(xic, gui.drawarea->window); |
| 3675 | } |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | void |
| 3678 | im_shutdown(void) |
| 3679 | { |
| 3680 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 3681 | xim_log("im_shutdown()\n"); |
| 3682 | #endif |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | if (xic != NULL) |
| 3685 | { |
| 3686 | gtk_im_context_focus_out(xic); |
| 3687 | g_object_unref(xic); |
| 3688 | xic = NULL; |
| 3689 | } |
| 3690 | im_is_active = FALSE; |
| 3691 | im_commit_handler_id = 0; |
| 3692 | preedit_start_col = MAXCOL; |
| 3693 | xim_has_preediting = FALSE; |
| 3694 | } |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | /* |
| 3697 | * Convert the string argument to keyval and state for GdkEventKey. |
| 3698 | * If str is valid return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. |
| 3699 | * |
| 3700 | * See 'imactivatekey' for documentation of the format. |
| 3701 | */ |
| 3702 | static int |
| 3703 | im_string_to_keyval(const char *str, unsigned int *keyval, unsigned int *state) |
| 3704 | { |
| 3705 | const char *mods_end; |
| 3706 | unsigned tmp_keyval; |
| 3707 | unsigned tmp_state = 0; |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | mods_end = strrchr(str, '-'); |
| 3710 | mods_end = (mods_end != NULL) ? mods_end + 1 : str; |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | /* Parse modifier keys */ |
| 3713 | while (str < mods_end) |
| 3714 | switch (*str++) |
| 3715 | { |
| 3716 | case '-': break; |
| 3717 | case 'S': case 's': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_SHIFT_MASK; break; |
| 3718 | case 'L': case 'l': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_LOCK_MASK; break; |
| 3719 | case 'C': case 'c': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_CONTROL_MASK;break; |
| 3720 | case '1': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD1_MASK; break; |
| 3721 | case '2': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD2_MASK; break; |
| 3722 | case '3': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD3_MASK; break; |
| 3723 | case '4': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD4_MASK; break; |
| 3724 | case '5': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD5_MASK; break; |
| 3725 | default: |
| 3726 | return FALSE; |
| 3727 | } |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | tmp_keyval = gdk_keyval_from_name(str); |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | if (tmp_keyval == 0 || tmp_keyval == GDK_VoidSymbol) |
| 3732 | return FALSE; |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | if (keyval != NULL) |
| 3735 | *keyval = tmp_keyval; |
| 3736 | if (state != NULL) |
| 3737 | *state = tmp_state; |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 | return TRUE; |
| 3740 | } |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | /* |
| 3743 | * Return TRUE if p_imak is valid, otherwise FALSE. As a special case, an |
| 3744 | * empty string is also regarded as valid. |
| 3745 | * |
| 3746 | * Note: The numerical key value of p_imak is cached if it was valid; thus |
| 3747 | * boldly assuming im_xim_isvalid_imactivate() will always be called whenever |
| 3748 | * 'imak' changes. This is currently the case but not obvious -- should |
| 3749 | * probably rename the function for clarity. |
| 3750 | */ |
| 3751 | int |
| 3752 | im_xim_isvalid_imactivate(void) |
| 3753 | { |
| 3754 | if (p_imak[0] == NUL) |
| 3755 | { |
| 3756 | im_activatekey_keyval = GDK_VoidSymbol; |
| 3757 | im_activatekey_state = 0; |
| 3758 | return TRUE; |
| 3759 | } |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | return im_string_to_keyval((const char *)p_imak, |
| 3762 | &im_activatekey_keyval, |
| 3763 | &im_activatekey_state); |
| 3764 | } |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | static void |
| 3767 | im_synthesize_keypress(unsigned int keyval, unsigned int state) |
| 3768 | { |
| 3769 | GdkEventKey *event; |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | # ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD |
| 3772 | event = (GdkEventKey *)gdk_event_new(GDK_KEY_PRESS); |
| 3773 | g_object_ref(gui.drawarea->window); /* unreffed by gdk_event_free() */ |
| 3774 | # else |
| 3775 | event = (GdkEventKey *)g_malloc0((gulong)sizeof(GdkEvent)); |
| 3776 | event->type = GDK_KEY_PRESS; |
| 3777 | # endif |
| 3778 | event->window = gui.drawarea->window; |
| 3779 | event->send_event = TRUE; |
| 3780 | event->time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME; |
| 3781 | event->state = state; |
| 3782 | event->keyval = keyval; |
| 3783 | event->hardware_keycode = /* needed for XIM */ |
| 3784 | XKeysymToKeycode(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(event->window), (KeySym)keyval); |
| 3785 | event->length = 0; |
| 3786 | event->string = NULL; |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 | gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event); |
| 3789 | |
| 3790 | /* For consistency, also send the corresponding release event. */ |
| 3791 | event->type = GDK_KEY_RELEASE; |
| 3792 | event->send_event = FALSE; |
| 3793 | gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event); |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | # ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD |
| 3796 | gdk_event_free((GdkEvent *)event); |
| 3797 | # else |
| 3798 | g_free(event); |
| 3799 | # endif |
| 3800 | } |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | void |
| 3803 | xim_reset(void) |
| 3804 | { |
| 3805 | if (xic != NULL) |
| 3806 | { |
| 3807 | /* |
| 3808 | * The third-party imhangul module (and maybe others too) ignores |
| 3809 | * gtk_im_context_reset() or at least doesn't reset the active state. |
| 3810 | * Thus sending imactivatekey would turn it off if it was on before, |
| 3811 | * which is clearly not what we want. Fortunately we can work around |
| 3812 | * that for imhangul by sending GDK_Escape, but I don't know if it |
| 3813 | * works with all IM modules that support an activation key :/ |
| 3814 | * |
| 3815 | * An alternative approach would be to destroy the IM context and |
| 3816 | * recreate it. But that means loading/unloading the IM module on |
| 3817 | * every mode switch, which causes a quite noticable delay even on |
| 3818 | * my rather fast box... |
| 3819 | * * |
| 3820 | * Moreover, there are some XIM which cannot respond to |
| 3821 | * im_synthesize_keypress(). we hope that they reset by |
| 3822 | * xim_shutdown(). |
| 3823 | */ |
| 3824 | if (im_activatekey_keyval != GDK_VoidSymbol && im_is_active) |
| 3825 | im_synthesize_keypress(GDK_Escape, 0U); |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 | gtk_im_context_reset(xic); |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | /* |
| 3830 | * HACK for Ami: This sequence of function calls makes Ami handle |
| 3831 | * the IM reset gratiously, without breaking loads of other stuff. |
| 3832 | * It seems to force English mode as well, which is exactly what we |
| 3833 | * want because it makes the Ami status display work reliably. |
| 3834 | */ |
| 3835 | gtk_im_context_set_use_preedit(xic, FALSE); |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 | if (p_imdisable) |
| 3838 | im_shutdown(); |
| 3839 | else |
| 3840 | { |
| 3841 | gtk_im_context_set_use_preedit(xic, TRUE); |
| 3842 | xim_set_focus(gui.in_focus); |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 | if (im_activatekey_keyval != GDK_VoidSymbol) |
| 3845 | { |
| 3846 | if (im_is_active) |
| 3847 | { |
| 3848 | g_signal_handler_block(xic, im_commit_handler_id); |
| 3849 | im_synthesize_keypress(im_activatekey_keyval, |
| 3850 | im_activatekey_state); |
| 3851 | g_signal_handler_unblock(xic, im_commit_handler_id); |
| 3852 | } |
| 3853 | } |
| 3854 | else |
| 3855 | { |
| 3856 | im_shutdown(); |
| 3857 | xim_init(); |
| 3858 | xim_set_focus(gui.in_focus); |
| 3859 | } |
| 3860 | } |
| 3861 | } |
| 3862 | |
| 3863 | preedit_start_col = MAXCOL; |
| 3864 | xim_has_preediting = FALSE; |
| 3865 | } |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 | int |
| 3868 | xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down) |
| 3869 | { |
| 3870 | if (down) |
| 3871 | { |
| 3872 | /* |
| 3873 | * Workaround GTK2 XIM 'feature' that always converts keypad keys to |
| 3874 | * chars., even when not part of an IM sequence (ref. feature of |
| 3875 | * gdk/gdkkeyuni.c). |
| 3876 | * Flag any keypad keys that might represent a single char. |
| 3877 | * If this (on its own - i.e., not part of an IM sequence) is |
| 3878 | * committed while we're processing one of these keys, we can ignore |
| 3879 | * that commit and go ahead & process it ourselves. That way we can |
| 3880 | * still distinguish keypad keys for use in mappings. |
| 3881 | */ |
| 3882 | switch (event->keyval) |
| 3883 | { |
| 3884 | case GDK_KP_Add: xim_expected_char = '+'; break; |
| 3885 | case GDK_KP_Subtract: xim_expected_char = '-'; break; |
| 3886 | case GDK_KP_Divide: xim_expected_char = '/'; break; |
| 3887 | case GDK_KP_Multiply: xim_expected_char = '*'; break; |
| 3888 | case GDK_KP_Decimal: xim_expected_char = '.'; break; |
| 3889 | case GDK_KP_Equal: xim_expected_char = '='; break; |
| 3890 | case GDK_KP_0: xim_expected_char = '0'; break; |
| 3891 | case GDK_KP_1: xim_expected_char = '1'; break; |
| 3892 | case GDK_KP_2: xim_expected_char = '2'; break; |
| 3893 | case GDK_KP_3: xim_expected_char = '3'; break; |
| 3894 | case GDK_KP_4: xim_expected_char = '4'; break; |
| 3895 | case GDK_KP_5: xim_expected_char = '5'; break; |
| 3896 | case GDK_KP_6: xim_expected_char = '6'; break; |
| 3897 | case GDK_KP_7: xim_expected_char = '7'; break; |
| 3898 | case GDK_KP_8: xim_expected_char = '8'; break; |
| 3899 | case GDK_KP_9: xim_expected_char = '9'; break; |
| 3900 | default: xim_expected_char = NUL; |
| 3901 | } |
| 3902 | xim_ignored_char = FALSE; |
| 3903 | } |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | /* |
| 3906 | * When typing fFtT, XIM may be activated. Thus it must pass |
| 3907 | * gtk_im_context_filter_keypress() in Normal mode. |
| 3908 | * And while doing :sh too. |
| 3909 | */ |
| 3910 | if (xic != NULL && !p_imdisable |
| 3911 | && (State & (INSERT | CMDLINE | NORMAL | EXTERNCMD)) != 0) |
| 3912 | { |
| 3913 | /* |
| 3914 | * Filter 'imactivatekey' and map it to CTRL-^. This way, Vim is |
| 3915 | * always aware of the current status of IM, and can even emulate |
| 3916 | * the activation key for modules that don't support one. |
| 3917 | */ |
| 3918 | if (event->keyval == im_activatekey_keyval |
| 3919 | && (event->state & im_activatekey_state) == im_activatekey_state) |
| 3920 | { |
| 3921 | unsigned int state_mask; |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 | /* Require the state of the 3 most used modifiers to match exactly. |
| 3924 | * Otherwise e.g. <S-C-space> would be unusable for other purposes |
| 3925 | * if the IM activate key is <S-space>. */ |
| 3926 | state_mask = im_activatekey_state; |
| 3927 | state_mask |= ((int)GDK_SHIFT_MASK | (int)GDK_CONTROL_MASK |
| 3928 | | (int)GDK_MOD1_MASK); |
| 3929 | |
| 3930 | if ((event->state & state_mask) != im_activatekey_state) |
| 3931 | return FALSE; |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | /* Don't send it a second time on GDK_KEY_RELEASE. */ |
| 3934 | if (event->type != GDK_KEY_PRESS) |
| 3935 | return TRUE; |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 | if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP)) |
| 3938 | { |
| 3939 | im_set_active(FALSE); |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | /* ":lmap" mappings exists, toggle use of mappings. */ |
| 3942 | State ^= LANGMAP; |
| 3943 | if (State & LANGMAP) |
| 3944 | { |
| 3945 | curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; |
| 3946 | State &= ~LANGMAP; |
| 3947 | } |
| 3948 | else |
| 3949 | { |
| 3950 | curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; |
| 3951 | State |= LANGMAP; |
| 3952 | } |
| 3953 | return TRUE; |
| 3954 | } |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | return gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event); |
| 3957 | } |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | /* Don't filter events through the IM context if IM isn't active |
| 3960 | * right now. Unlike with GTK+ 1.2 we cannot rely on the IM module |
| 3961 | * not doing anything before the activation key was sent. */ |
| 3962 | if (im_activatekey_keyval == GDK_VoidSymbol || im_is_active) |
| 3963 | { |
| 3964 | int imresult = gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event); |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | /* Some XIM send following sequence: |
| 3967 | * 1. preedited string. |
| 3968 | * 2. committed string. |
| 3969 | * 3. line changed key. |
| 3970 | * 4. preedited string. |
| 3971 | * 5. remove preedited string. |
| 3972 | * if 3, Vim can't move back the above line for 5. |
| 3973 | * thus, this part should not parse the key. */ |
| 3974 | if (!imresult && preedit_start_col != MAXCOL |
| 3975 | && event->keyval == GDK_Return) |
| 3976 | { |
| 3977 | im_synthesize_keypress(GDK_Return, 0U); |
| 3978 | return FALSE; |
| 3979 | } |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 | /* If XIM tried to commit a keypad key as a single char., |
| 3982 | * ignore it so we can use the keypad key 'raw', for mappings. */ |
| 3983 | if (xim_expected_char != NUL && xim_ignored_char) |
| 3984 | /* We had a keypad key, and XIM tried to thieve it */ |
| 3985 | return FALSE; |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 | /* Normal processing */ |
| 3988 | return imresult; |
| 3989 | } |
| 3990 | } |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | return FALSE; |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | int |
| 3996 | im_get_status(void) |
| 3997 | { |
| 3998 | return im_is_active; |
| 3999 | } |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | # else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | static int xim_is_active = FALSE; /* XIM should be active in the current |
| 4004 | mode */ |
| 4005 | static int xim_has_focus = FALSE; /* XIM is really being used for Vim */ |
| 4006 | #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 |
| 4007 | static XIMStyle input_style; |
| 4008 | static int status_area_enabled = TRUE; |
| 4009 | #endif |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 | #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 4012 | # ifdef WIN3264 |
| 4013 | # include <gdk/gdkwin32.h> |
| 4014 | # else |
| 4015 | # include <gdk/gdkx.h> |
| 4016 | # endif |
| 4017 | #else |
| 4018 | # ifdef PROTO |
| 4019 | /* Define a few things to be able to generate prototypes while not configured |
| 4020 | * for GTK. */ |
| 4021 | # define GSList int |
| 4022 | # define gboolean int |
| 4023 | typedef int GdkEvent; |
| 4024 | typedef int GdkEventKey; |
| 4025 | # define GdkIC int |
| 4026 | # endif |
| 4027 | #endif |
| 4028 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 843ee41 | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4029 | #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE) |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4030 | static int preedit_buf_len = 0; |
| 4031 | static int xim_can_preediting INIT(= FALSE); /* XIM in showmode() */ |
| 4032 | static int xim_input_style; |
| 4033 | #ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 4034 | # define gboolean int |
| 4035 | #endif |
| 4036 | static gboolean use_status_area = 0; |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | static int im_xim_str2keycode __ARGS((unsigned int *code, unsigned int *state)); |
| 4039 | static void im_xim_send_event_imactivate __ARGS((void)); |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 | /* |
| 4042 | * Convert string to keycode and state for XKeyEvent. |
| 4043 | * When string is valid return OK, when invalid return FAIL. |
| 4044 | * |
| 4045 | * See 'imactivatekey' documentation for the format. |
| 4046 | */ |
| 4047 | static int |
| 4048 | im_xim_str2keycode(code, state) |
| 4049 | unsigned int *code; |
| 4050 | unsigned int *state; |
| 4051 | { |
| 4052 | int retval = OK; |
| 4053 | int len; |
| 4054 | unsigned keycode = 0, keystate = 0; |
| 4055 | Window window; |
| 4056 | Display *display; |
| 4057 | char_u *flag_end; |
| 4058 | char_u *str; |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | if (*p_imak != NUL) |
| 4061 | { |
| 4062 | len = STRLEN(p_imak); |
| 4063 | for (flag_end = p_imak + len - 1; |
| 4064 | flag_end > p_imak && *flag_end != '-'; --flag_end) |
| 4065 | ; |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | /* Parse modifier keys */ |
| 4068 | for (str = p_imak; str < flag_end; ++str) |
| 4069 | { |
| 4070 | switch (*str) |
| 4071 | { |
| 4072 | case 's': case 'S': |
| 4073 | keystate |= ShiftMask; |
| 4074 | break; |
| 4075 | case 'l': case 'L': |
| 4076 | keystate |= LockMask; |
| 4077 | break; |
| 4078 | case 'c': case 'C': |
| 4079 | keystate |= ControlMask; |
| 4080 | break; |
| 4081 | case '1': |
| 4082 | keystate |= Mod1Mask; |
| 4083 | break; |
| 4084 | case '2': |
| 4085 | keystate |= Mod2Mask; |
| 4086 | break; |
| 4087 | case '3': |
| 4088 | keystate |= Mod3Mask; |
| 4089 | break; |
| 4090 | case '4': |
| 4091 | keystate |= Mod4Mask; |
| 4092 | break; |
| 4093 | case '5': |
| 4094 | keystate |= Mod5Mask; |
| 4095 | break; |
| 4096 | case '-': |
| 4097 | break; |
| 4098 | default: |
| 4099 | retval = FAIL; |
| 4100 | } |
| 4101 | } |
| 4102 | if (*str == '-') |
| 4103 | ++str; |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 | /* Get keycode from string. */ |
| 4106 | gui_get_x11_windis(&window, &display); |
| 4107 | if (display) |
| 4108 | keycode = XKeysymToKeycode(display, XStringToKeysym((char *)str)); |
| 4109 | if (keycode == 0) |
| 4110 | retval = FAIL; |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | if (code != NULL) |
| 4113 | *code = keycode; |
| 4114 | if (state != NULL) |
| 4115 | *state = keystate; |
| 4116 | } |
| 4117 | return retval; |
| 4118 | } |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | static void |
| 4121 | im_xim_send_event_imactivate() |
| 4122 | { |
| 4123 | /* Force turn on preedit state by symulate keypress event. |
| 4124 | * Keycode and state is specified by 'imactivatekey'. |
| 4125 | */ |
| 4126 | XKeyEvent ev; |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | gui_get_x11_windis(&ev.window, &ev.display); |
| 4129 | ev.root = RootWindow(ev.display, DefaultScreen(ev.display)); |
| 4130 | ev.subwindow = None; |
| 4131 | ev.time = CurrentTime; |
| 4132 | ev.x = 1; |
| 4133 | ev.y = 1; |
| 4134 | ev.x_root = 1; |
| 4135 | ev.y_root = 1; |
| 4136 | ev.same_screen = 1; |
| 4137 | ev.type = KeyPress; |
| 4138 | if (im_xim_str2keycode(&ev.keycode, &ev.state) == OK) |
| 4139 | XSendEvent(ev.display, ev.window, 1, KeyPressMask, (XEvent*)&ev); |
| 4140 | } |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | /* |
| 4143 | * Return TRUE if 'imactivatekey' has a valid value. |
| 4144 | */ |
| 4145 | int |
| 4146 | im_xim_isvalid_imactivate() |
| 4147 | { |
| 4148 | return im_xim_str2keycode(NULL, NULL) == OK; |
| 4149 | } |
| 4150 | #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */ |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 | /* |
| 4153 | * Switch using XIM on/off. This is used by the code that changes "State". |
| 4154 | */ |
| 4155 | void |
| 4156 | im_set_active(active) |
| 4157 | int active; |
| 4158 | { |
| 4159 | if (xic == NULL) |
| 4160 | return; |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 | /* If 'imdisable' is set, XIM is never active. */ |
| 4163 | if (p_imdisable) |
| 4164 | active = FALSE; |
Bram Moolenaar | 843ee41 | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 | #if !defined (FEAT_GUI_GTK) && !defined (FEAT_GUI_KDE) |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4166 | else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition) |
| 4167 | /* There is a problem in switching XIM off when preediting is used, |
| 4168 | * and it is not clear how this can be solved. For now, keep XIM on |
| 4169 | * all the time, like it was done in Vim 5.8. */ |
| 4170 | active = TRUE; |
| 4171 | #endif |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | /* Remember the active state, it is needed when Vim gets keyboard focus. */ |
| 4174 | xim_is_active = active; |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 4177 | /* When 'imactivatekey' has valid key-string, try to control XIM preedit |
| 4178 | * state. When 'imactivatekey' has no or invalid string, try old XIM |
| 4179 | * focus control. |
| 4180 | */ |
| 4181 | if (*p_imak != NUL) |
| 4182 | { |
| 4183 | /* BASIC STRATEGY: |
| 4184 | * Destroy old Input Context (XIC), and create new one. New XIC |
| 4185 | * would have a state of preedit that is off. When argument:active |
| 4186 | * is false, that's all. Else argument:active is true, send a key |
| 4187 | * event specified by 'imactivatekey' to activate XIM preedit state. |
| 4188 | */ |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | xim_is_active = TRUE; /* Disable old XIM focus control */ |
| 4191 | /* If we can monitor preedit state with preedit callback functions, |
| 4192 | * try least creation of new XIC. |
| 4193 | */ |
| 4194 | if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS) |
| 4195 | { |
| 4196 | if (xim_can_preediting && !active) |
| 4197 | { |
| 4198 | /* Force turn off preedit state. With some IM |
| 4199 | * implementations, we cannot turn off preedit state by |
| 4200 | * symulate keypress event. It is why using such a method |
| 4201 | * that destroy old IC (input context), and create new one. |
| 4202 | * When create new IC, its preedit state is usually off. |
| 4203 | */ |
| 4204 | xim_reset(); |
| 4205 | xim_set_focus(FALSE); |
| 4206 | gdk_ic_destroy(xic); |
| 4207 | xim_init(); |
| 4208 | xim_can_preediting = FALSE; |
| 4209 | } |
| 4210 | else if (!xim_can_preediting && active) |
| 4211 | im_xim_send_event_imactivate(); |
| 4212 | } |
| 4213 | else |
| 4214 | { |
| 4215 | /* First, force destroy old IC, and create new one. It |
| 4216 | * symulates "turning off preedit state". |
| 4217 | */ |
| 4218 | xim_set_focus(FALSE); |
| 4219 | gdk_ic_destroy(xic); |
| 4220 | xim_init(); |
| 4221 | xim_can_preediting = FALSE; |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | /* 2nd, when requested to activate IM, symulate this by sending |
| 4224 | * the event. |
| 4225 | */ |
| 4226 | if (active) |
| 4227 | { |
| 4228 | im_xim_send_event_imactivate(); |
| 4229 | xim_can_preediting = TRUE; |
| 4230 | } |
| 4231 | } |
| 4232 | } |
| 4233 | else |
| 4234 | { |
| 4235 | # ifndef XIMPreeditUnKnown |
| 4236 | /* X11R5 doesn't have these, it looks safe enough to define here. */ |
| 4237 | typedef unsigned long XIMPreeditState; |
| 4238 | # define XIMPreeditUnKnown 0L |
| 4239 | # define XIMPreeditEnable 1L |
| 4240 | # define XIMPreeditDisable (1L<<1) |
| 4241 | # define XNPreeditState "preeditState" |
| 4242 | # endif |
| 4243 | XIMPreeditState preedit_state = XIMPreeditUnKnown; |
| 4244 | XVaNestedList preedit_attr; |
| 4245 | XIC pxic; |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 | preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0, |
| 4248 | XNPreeditState, &preedit_state, |
| 4249 | NULL); |
| 4250 | pxic = ((GdkICPrivate *)xic)->xic; |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 | if (!XGetICValues(pxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, NULL)) |
| 4253 | { |
| 4254 | XFree(preedit_attr); |
| 4255 | preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0, |
| 4256 | XNPreeditState, |
| 4257 | active ? XIMPreeditEnable : XIMPreeditDisable, |
| 4258 | NULL); |
| 4259 | XSetICValues(pxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, NULL); |
| 4260 | xim_can_preediting = active; |
| 4261 | xim_is_active = active; |
| 4262 | } |
| 4263 | XFree(preedit_attr); |
| 4264 | } |
| 4265 | if (xim_input_style & XIMPreeditCallbacks) |
| 4266 | { |
| 4267 | preedit_buf_len = 0; |
| 4268 | init_preedit_start_col(); |
| 4269 | } |
| 4270 | #else |
| 4271 | # if 0 |
| 4272 | /* When had tested kinput2 + canna + Athena GUI version with |
| 4273 | * 'imactivatekey' is "s-space", im_xim_send_event_imactivate() did not |
| 4274 | * work correctly. It just inserted one space. I don't know why we |
| 4275 | * couldn't switch state of XIM preediting. This is reason why these |
| 4276 | * codes are commented out. |
| 4277 | */ |
| 4278 | /* First, force destroy old IC, and create new one. It symulates |
| 4279 | * "turning off preedit state". |
| 4280 | */ |
| 4281 | xim_set_focus(FALSE); |
| 4282 | XDestroyIC(xic); |
| 4283 | xic = NULL; |
| 4284 | xim_init(); |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | /* 2nd, when requested to activate IM, symulate this by sending the |
| 4287 | * event. |
| 4288 | */ |
| 4289 | if (active) |
| 4290 | im_xim_send_event_imactivate(); |
| 4291 | # endif |
| 4292 | #endif |
| 4293 | xim_set_preedit(); |
| 4294 | } |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 | /* |
| 4297 | * Adjust using XIM for gaining or losing keyboard focus. Also called when |
| 4298 | * "xim_is_active" changes. |
| 4299 | */ |
| 4300 | void |
| 4301 | xim_set_focus(focus) |
| 4302 | int focus; |
| 4303 | { |
| 4304 | if (xic == NULL) |
| 4305 | return; |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | /* |
| 4308 | * XIM only gets focus when the Vim window has keyboard focus and XIM has |
| 4309 | * been set active for the current mode. |
| 4310 | */ |
| 4311 | if (focus && xim_is_active) |
| 4312 | { |
| 4313 | if (!xim_has_focus) |
| 4314 | { |
| 4315 | xim_has_focus = TRUE; |
| 4316 | #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 4317 | gdk_im_begin(xic, gui.drawarea->window); |
| 4318 | #else |
| 4319 | XSetICFocus(xic); |
| 4320 | #endif |
| 4321 | } |
| 4322 | } |
| 4323 | else |
| 4324 | { |
| 4325 | if (xim_has_focus) |
| 4326 | { |
| 4327 | xim_has_focus = FALSE; |
| 4328 | #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 4329 | gdk_im_end(); |
| 4330 | #else |
| 4331 | XUnsetICFocus(xic); |
| 4332 | #endif |
| 4333 | } |
| 4334 | } |
| 4335 | } |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 4338 | void |
| 4339 | im_set_position(row, col) |
| 4340 | int row; |
| 4341 | int col; |
| 4342 | { |
| 4343 | xim_set_preedit(); |
| 4344 | } |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | /* |
| 4347 | * Set the XIM to the current cursor position. |
| 4348 | */ |
| 4349 | void |
| 4350 | xim_set_preedit() |
| 4351 | { |
| 4352 | if (xic == NULL) |
| 4353 | return; |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 | xim_set_focus(TRUE); |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 | #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 4358 | if (gdk_im_ready()) |
| 4359 | { |
| 4360 | int attrmask; |
| 4361 | GdkICAttr *attr; |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | if (!xic_attr) |
| 4364 | return; |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 | attr = xic_attr; |
| 4367 | attrmask = 0; |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET |
| 4370 | if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION) |
| 4371 | && gui.fontset != NOFONTSET |
| 4372 | && gui.fontset->type == GDK_FONT_FONTSET) |
| 4373 | { |
| 4374 | if (!xim_has_focus) |
| 4375 | { |
| 4376 | if (attr->spot_location.y >= 0) |
| 4377 | { |
| 4378 | attr->spot_location.x = 0; |
| 4379 | attr->spot_location.y = -100; |
| 4380 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_SPOT_LOCATION; |
| 4381 | } |
| 4382 | } |
| 4383 | else |
| 4384 | { |
| 4385 | gint width, height; |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 | if (attr->spot_location.x != TEXT_X(gui.col) |
| 4388 | || attr->spot_location.y != TEXT_Y(gui.row)) |
| 4389 | { |
| 4390 | attr->spot_location.x = TEXT_X(gui.col); |
| 4391 | attr->spot_location.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row); |
| 4392 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_SPOT_LOCATION; |
| 4393 | } |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 | gdk_window_get_size(gui.drawarea->window, &width, &height); |
| 4396 | width -= 2 * gui.border_offset; |
| 4397 | height -= 2 * gui.border_offset; |
| 4398 | if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA) |
| 4399 | height -= gui.char_height; |
| 4400 | if (attr->preedit_area.width != width |
| 4401 | || attr->preedit_area.height != height) |
| 4402 | { |
| 4403 | attr->preedit_area.x = gui.border_offset; |
| 4404 | attr->preedit_area.y = gui.border_offset; |
| 4405 | attr->preedit_area.width = width; |
| 4406 | attr->preedit_area.height = height; |
| 4407 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA; |
| 4408 | } |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 | if (attr->preedit_fontset != gui.current_font) |
| 4411 | { |
| 4412 | attr->preedit_fontset = gui.current_font; |
| 4413 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FONTSET; |
| 4414 | } |
| 4415 | } |
| 4416 | } |
| 4417 | # endif /* FEAT_XFONTSET */ |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 | if (xim_fg_color == INVALCOLOR) |
| 4420 | { |
| 4421 | xim_fg_color = gui.def_norm_pixel; |
| 4422 | xim_bg_color = gui.def_back_pixel; |
| 4423 | } |
| 4424 | if (attr->preedit_foreground.pixel != xim_fg_color) |
| 4425 | { |
| 4426 | attr->preedit_foreground.pixel = xim_fg_color; |
| 4427 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FOREGROUND; |
| 4428 | } |
| 4429 | if (attr->preedit_background.pixel != xim_bg_color) |
| 4430 | { |
| 4431 | attr->preedit_background.pixel = xim_bg_color; |
| 4432 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_BACKGROUND; |
| 4433 | } |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 | if (attrmask != 0) |
| 4436 | gdk_ic_set_attr(xic, attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask); |
| 4437 | } |
| 4438 | #else /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */ |
Bram Moolenaar | 843ee41 | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4439 | # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE |
| 4440 | # else |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4441 | { |
| 4442 | XVaNestedList attr_list; |
| 4443 | XRectangle spot_area; |
| 4444 | XPoint over_spot; |
| 4445 | int line_space; |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | if (!xim_has_focus) |
| 4448 | { |
| 4449 | /* hide XIM cursor */ |
| 4450 | over_spot.x = 0; |
| 4451 | over_spot.y = -100; /* arbitrary invisible position */ |
| 4452 | attr_list = (XVaNestedList) XVaCreateNestedList(0, |
| 4453 | XNSpotLocation, |
| 4454 | &over_spot, |
| 4455 | NULL); |
| 4456 | XSetICValues(xic, XNPreeditAttributes, attr_list, NULL); |
| 4457 | XFree(attr_list); |
| 4458 | return; |
| 4459 | } |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 | if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition) |
| 4462 | { |
| 4463 | if (xim_fg_color == INVALCOLOR) |
| 4464 | { |
| 4465 | xim_fg_color = gui.def_norm_pixel; |
| 4466 | xim_bg_color = gui.def_back_pixel; |
| 4467 | } |
| 4468 | over_spot.x = TEXT_X(gui.col); |
| 4469 | over_spot.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row); |
| 4470 | spot_area.x = 0; |
| 4471 | spot_area.y = 0; |
| 4472 | spot_area.height = gui.char_height * Rows; |
| 4473 | spot_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns; |
| 4474 | line_space = gui.char_height; |
| 4475 | attr_list = (XVaNestedList) XVaCreateNestedList(0, |
| 4476 | XNSpotLocation, &over_spot, |
| 4477 | XNForeground, (Pixel) xim_fg_color, |
| 4478 | XNBackground, (Pixel) xim_bg_color, |
| 4479 | XNArea, &spot_area, |
| 4480 | XNLineSpace, line_space, |
| 4481 | NULL); |
| 4482 | if (XSetICValues(xic, XNPreeditAttributes, attr_list, NULL)) |
| 4483 | EMSG(_("E284: Cannot set IC values")); |
| 4484 | XFree(attr_list); |
| 4485 | } |
| 4486 | } |
Bram Moolenaar | 843ee41 | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4487 | # endif /* FEAT_GUI_KDE */ |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4488 | #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */ |
| 4489 | } |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 | /* |
| 4492 | * Set up the status area. |
| 4493 | * |
| 4494 | * This should use a separate Widget, but that seems not possible, because |
| 4495 | * preedit_area and status_area should be set to the same window as for the |
| 4496 | * text input. Unfortunately this means the status area pollutes the text |
| 4497 | * window... |
| 4498 | */ |
| 4499 | void |
| 4500 | xim_set_status_area() |
| 4501 | { |
| 4502 | if (xic == NULL) |
| 4503 | return; |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 | #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 4506 | # if defined(FEAT_XFONTSET) |
| 4507 | if (use_status_area) |
| 4508 | { |
| 4509 | GdkICAttr *attr; |
| 4510 | int style; |
| 4511 | gint width, height; |
| 4512 | GtkWidget *widget; |
| 4513 | int attrmask; |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | if (!xic_attr) |
| 4516 | return; |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | attr = xic_attr; |
| 4519 | attrmask = 0; |
| 4520 | style = (int)gdk_ic_get_style(xic); |
| 4521 | if ((style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK) == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA) |
| 4522 | { |
| 4523 | if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET |
| 4524 | && gui.fontset->type == GDK_FONT_FONTSET) |
| 4525 | { |
| 4526 | widget = gui.mainwin; |
| 4527 | gdk_window_get_size(widget->window, &width, &height); |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA; |
| 4530 | attr->status_area.x = 0; |
| 4531 | attr->status_area.y = height - gui.char_height - 1; |
| 4532 | attr->status_area.width = width; |
| 4533 | attr->status_area.height = gui.char_height; |
| 4534 | } |
| 4535 | } |
| 4536 | if (attrmask != 0) |
| 4537 | gdk_ic_set_attr(xic, attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask); |
| 4538 | } |
| 4539 | # endif |
| 4540 | #else |
Bram Moolenaar | 843ee41 | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4541 | # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE |
| 4542 | # else |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4543 | { |
| 4544 | XVaNestedList preedit_list = 0, status_list = 0, list = 0; |
| 4545 | XRectangle pre_area, status_area; |
| 4546 | |
| 4547 | if (input_style & XIMStatusArea) |
| 4548 | { |
| 4549 | if (input_style & XIMPreeditArea) |
| 4550 | { |
| 4551 | XRectangle *needed_rect; |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | /* to get status_area width */ |
| 4554 | status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNAreaNeeded, |
| 4555 | &needed_rect, NULL); |
| 4556 | XGetICValues(xic, XNStatusAttributes, status_list, NULL); |
| 4557 | XFree(status_list); |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | status_area.width = needed_rect->width; |
| 4560 | } |
| 4561 | else |
| 4562 | status_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns; |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 | status_area.x = 0; |
| 4565 | status_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset; |
| 4566 | if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
| 4567 | status_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height; |
| 4568 | #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 4569 | if (gui.menu_is_active) |
| 4570 | status_area.y += gui.menu_height; |
| 4571 | #endif |
| 4572 | status_area.height = gui.char_height; |
| 4573 | status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &status_area, NULL); |
| 4574 | } |
| 4575 | else |
| 4576 | { |
| 4577 | status_area.x = 0; |
| 4578 | status_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset; |
| 4579 | if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
| 4580 | status_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height; |
| 4581 | #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 4582 | if (gui.menu_is_active) |
| 4583 | status_area.y += gui.menu_height; |
| 4584 | #endif |
| 4585 | status_area.width = 0; |
| 4586 | status_area.height = gui.char_height; |
| 4587 | } |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 | if (input_style & XIMPreeditArea) /* off-the-spot */ |
| 4590 | { |
| 4591 | pre_area.x = status_area.x + status_area.width; |
| 4592 | pre_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset; |
| 4593 | pre_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns - pre_area.x; |
| 4594 | if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
| 4595 | pre_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height; |
| 4596 | #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 4597 | if (gui.menu_is_active) |
| 4598 | pre_area.y += gui.menu_height; |
| 4599 | #endif |
| 4600 | pre_area.height = gui.char_height; |
| 4601 | preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &pre_area, NULL); |
| 4602 | } |
| 4603 | else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition) /* over-the-spot */ |
| 4604 | { |
| 4605 | pre_area.x = 0; |
| 4606 | pre_area.y = 0; |
| 4607 | pre_area.height = gui.char_height * Rows; |
| 4608 | pre_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns; |
| 4609 | preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &pre_area, NULL); |
| 4610 | } |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 | if (preedit_list && status_list) |
| 4613 | list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list, |
| 4614 | XNStatusAttributes, status_list, NULL); |
| 4615 | else if (preedit_list) |
| 4616 | list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list, |
| 4617 | NULL); |
| 4618 | else if (status_list) |
| 4619 | list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNStatusAttributes, status_list, |
| 4620 | NULL); |
| 4621 | else |
| 4622 | list = NULL; |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 | if (list) |
| 4625 | { |
| 4626 | XSetICValues(xic, XNVaNestedList, list, NULL); |
| 4627 | XFree(list); |
| 4628 | } |
| 4629 | if (status_list) |
| 4630 | XFree(status_list); |
| 4631 | if (preedit_list) |
| 4632 | XFree(preedit_list); |
| 4633 | } |
Bram Moolenaar | 843ee41 | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4634 | # endif /* FEAT_GUI_KDE */ |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4635 | #endif |
| 4636 | } |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | #if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 4639 | static char e_xim[] = N_("E285: Failed to create input context"); |
| 4640 | #endif |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | #if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(PROTO) |
| 4643 | # if defined(XtSpecificationRelease) && XtSpecificationRelease >= 6 && !defined(sun) |
| 4644 | # define USE_X11R6_XIM |
| 4645 | # endif |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | static int xim_real_init __ARGS((Window x11_window, Display *x11_display)); |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 | #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM |
| 4651 | static void xim_instantiate_cb __ARGS((Display *display, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)); |
| 4652 | static void xim_destroy_cb __ARGS((XIM im, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)); |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 4655 | static void |
| 4656 | xim_instantiate_cb(display, client_data, call_data) |
| 4657 | Display *display; |
| 4658 | XPointer client_data; |
| 4659 | XPointer call_data; |
| 4660 | { |
| 4661 | Window x11_window; |
| 4662 | Display *x11_display; |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 4665 | xim_log("xim_instantiate_cb()\n"); |
| 4666 | #endif |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 | gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display); |
| 4669 | if (display != x11_display) |
| 4670 | return; |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 | xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display); |
| 4673 | gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE); |
| 4674 | if (xic != NULL) |
| 4675 | XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 4676 | xim_instantiate_cb, NULL); |
| 4677 | } |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 4680 | static void |
| 4681 | xim_destroy_cb(im, client_data, call_data) |
| 4682 | XIM im; |
| 4683 | XPointer client_data; |
| 4684 | XPointer call_data; |
| 4685 | { |
| 4686 | Window x11_window; |
| 4687 | Display *x11_display; |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 4690 | xim_log("xim_destroy_cb()\n"); |
| 4691 | #endif |
| 4692 | gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display); |
| 4693 | |
| 4694 | xic = NULL; |
| 4695 | status_area_enabled = FALSE; |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE); |
| 4698 | |
| 4699 | XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 4700 | xim_instantiate_cb, NULL); |
| 4701 | } |
| 4702 | #endif |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 | void |
| 4705 | xim_init() |
| 4706 | { |
| 4707 | Window x11_window; |
| 4708 | Display *x11_display; |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 4711 | xim_log("xim_init()\n"); |
| 4712 | #endif |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 | gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display); |
| 4715 | |
| 4716 | xic = NULL; |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 | if (xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display)) |
| 4719 | return; |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 | gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE); |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 | #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM |
| 4724 | XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 4725 | xim_instantiate_cb, NULL); |
| 4726 | #endif |
| 4727 | } |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | static int |
| 4730 | xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display) |
| 4731 | Window x11_window; |
| 4732 | Display *x11_display; |
| 4733 | { |
| 4734 | int i; |
| 4735 | char *p, |
| 4736 | *s, |
| 4737 | *ns, |
| 4738 | *end, |
| 4739 | tmp[1024]; |
| 4740 | #define IMLEN_MAX 40 |
| 4741 | char buf[IMLEN_MAX + 7]; |
| 4742 | XIM xim = NULL; |
| 4743 | XIMStyles *xim_styles; |
| 4744 | XIMStyle this_input_style = 0; |
| 4745 | Boolean found; |
| 4746 | XPoint over_spot; |
| 4747 | XVaNestedList preedit_list, status_list; |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 | input_style = 0; |
| 4750 | status_area_enabled = FALSE; |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 | if (xic != NULL) |
| 4753 | return FALSE; |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | if (gui.rsrc_input_method != NULL && *gui.rsrc_input_method != NUL) |
| 4756 | { |
| 4757 | strcpy(tmp, gui.rsrc_input_method); |
| 4758 | for (ns = s = tmp; ns != NULL && *s != NUL;) |
| 4759 | { |
| 4760 | s = (char *)skipwhite((char_u *)s); |
| 4761 | if (*s == NUL) |
| 4762 | break; |
| 4763 | if ((ns = end = strchr(s, ',')) == NULL) |
| 4764 | end = s + strlen(s); |
| 4765 | while (isspace(((char_u *)end)[-1])) |
| 4766 | end--; |
| 4767 | *end = NUL; |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | if (strlen(s) <= IMLEN_MAX) |
| 4770 | { |
| 4771 | strcpy(buf, "@im="); |
| 4772 | strcat(buf, s); |
| 4773 | if ((p = XSetLocaleModifiers(buf)) != NULL && *p != NUL |
| 4774 | && (xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL)) |
| 4775 | != NULL) |
| 4776 | break; |
| 4777 | } |
| 4778 | |
| 4779 | s = ns + 1; |
| 4780 | } |
| 4781 | } |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | if (xim == NULL && (p = XSetLocaleModifiers("")) != NULL && *p != NUL) |
| 4784 | xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 | /* This is supposed to be useful to obtain characters through |
| 4787 | * XmbLookupString() without really using a XIM. */ |
| 4788 | if (xim == NULL && (p = XSetLocaleModifiers("@im=none")) != NULL |
| 4789 | && *p != NUL) |
| 4790 | xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 4791 | |
| 4792 | if (xim == NULL) |
| 4793 | { |
| 4794 | /* Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people |
| 4795 | * got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM. */ |
| 4796 | if (p_verbose > 0) |
| 4797 | EMSG(_("E286: Failed to open input method")); |
| 4798 | return FALSE; |
| 4799 | } |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 | #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM |
| 4802 | { |
| 4803 | XIMCallback destroy_cb; |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 | destroy_cb.callback = xim_destroy_cb; |
| 4806 | destroy_cb.client_data = NULL; |
| 4807 | if (XSetIMValues(xim, XNDestroyCallback, &destroy_cb, NULL)) |
| 4808 | EMSG(_("E287: Warning: Could not set destroy callback to IM")); |
| 4809 | } |
| 4810 | #endif |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 | if (XGetIMValues(xim, XNQueryInputStyle, &xim_styles, NULL) || !xim_styles) |
| 4813 | { |
| 4814 | EMSG(_("E288: input method doesn't support any style")); |
| 4815 | XCloseIM(xim); |
| 4816 | return FALSE; |
| 4817 | } |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 | found = False; |
| 4820 | strcpy(tmp, gui.rsrc_preedit_type_name); |
| 4821 | for (s = tmp; s && !found; ) |
| 4822 | { |
| 4823 | while (*s && isspace((unsigned char)*s)) |
| 4824 | s++; |
| 4825 | if (!*s) |
| 4826 | break; |
| 4827 | if ((ns = end = strchr(s, ',')) != 0) |
| 4828 | ns++; |
| 4829 | else |
| 4830 | end = s + strlen(s); |
| 4831 | while (isspace((unsigned char)*end)) |
| 4832 | end--; |
| 4833 | *end = '\0'; |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | if (!strcmp(s, "OverTheSpot")) |
| 4836 | this_input_style = (XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusArea); |
| 4837 | else if (!strcmp(s, "OffTheSpot")) |
| 4838 | this_input_style = (XIMPreeditArea | XIMStatusArea); |
| 4839 | else if (!strcmp(s, "Root")) |
| 4840 | this_input_style = (XIMPreeditNothing | XIMStatusNothing); |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 | for (i = 0; (unsigned short)i < xim_styles->count_styles; i++) |
| 4843 | { |
| 4844 | if (this_input_style == xim_styles->supported_styles[i]) |
| 4845 | { |
| 4846 | found = True; |
| 4847 | break; |
| 4848 | } |
| 4849 | } |
| 4850 | if (!found) |
| 4851 | for (i = 0; (unsigned short)i < xim_styles->count_styles; i++) |
| 4852 | { |
| 4853 | if ((xim_styles->supported_styles[i] & this_input_style) |
| 4854 | == (this_input_style & ~XIMStatusArea)) |
| 4855 | { |
| 4856 | this_input_style &= ~XIMStatusArea; |
| 4857 | found = True; |
| 4858 | break; |
| 4859 | } |
| 4860 | } |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | s = ns; |
| 4863 | } |
| 4864 | XFree(xim_styles); |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 | if (!found) |
| 4867 | { |
| 4868 | /* Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people |
| 4869 | * got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM. */ |
| 4870 | if (p_verbose > 0) |
| 4871 | EMSG(_("E289: input method doesn't support my preedit type")); |
| 4872 | XCloseIM(xim); |
| 4873 | return FALSE; |
| 4874 | } |
| 4875 | |
| 4876 | over_spot.x = TEXT_X(gui.col); |
| 4877 | over_spot.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row); |
| 4878 | input_style = this_input_style; |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | /* A crash was reported when trying to pass gui.norm_font as XNFontSet, |
| 4881 | * thus that has been removed. Hopefully the default works... */ |
| 4882 | #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET |
| 4883 | if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET) |
| 4884 | { |
| 4885 | preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, |
| 4886 | XNSpotLocation, &over_spot, |
| 4887 | XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel, |
| 4888 | XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel, |
| 4889 | XNFontSet, (XFontSet)gui.fontset, |
| 4890 | NULL); |
| 4891 | status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, |
| 4892 | XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel, |
| 4893 | XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel, |
| 4894 | XNFontSet, (XFontSet)gui.fontset, |
| 4895 | NULL); |
| 4896 | } |
| 4897 | else |
| 4898 | #endif |
| 4899 | { |
| 4900 | preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, |
| 4901 | XNSpotLocation, &over_spot, |
| 4902 | XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel, |
| 4903 | XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel, |
| 4904 | NULL); |
| 4905 | status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, |
| 4906 | XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel, |
| 4907 | XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel, |
| 4908 | NULL); |
| 4909 | } |
| 4910 | |
| 4911 | xic = XCreateIC(xim, |
| 4912 | XNInputStyle, input_style, |
| 4913 | XNClientWindow, x11_window, |
| 4914 | XNFocusWindow, gui.wid, |
| 4915 | XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list, |
| 4916 | XNStatusAttributes, status_list, |
| 4917 | NULL); |
| 4918 | XFree(status_list); |
| 4919 | XFree(preedit_list); |
| 4920 | if (xic != NULL) |
| 4921 | { |
| 4922 | if (input_style & XIMStatusArea) |
| 4923 | { |
| 4924 | xim_set_status_area(); |
| 4925 | status_area_enabled = TRUE; |
| 4926 | } |
| 4927 | else |
| 4928 | gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE); |
| 4929 | } |
| 4930 | else |
| 4931 | { |
| 4932 | EMSG(_(e_xim)); |
| 4933 | XCloseIM(xim); |
| 4934 | return FALSE; |
| 4935 | } |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 | return TRUE; |
| 4938 | } |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | #endif /* FEAT_GUI_X11 */ |
| 4941 | |
| 4942 | #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO) |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 | # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET |
| 4945 | static char e_overthespot[] = N_("E290: over-the-spot style requires fontset"); |
| 4946 | # endif |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | # ifdef PROTO |
| 4949 | typedef int GdkIC; |
| 4950 | # endif |
| 4951 | |
| 4952 | void |
| 4953 | xim_decide_input_style() |
| 4954 | { |
| 4955 | /* GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS was disabled, enabled it to allow Japanese |
| 4956 | * OverTheSpot. */ |
| 4957 | int supported_style = (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NONE | |
| 4958 | (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NOTHING | |
| 4959 | (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION | |
| 4960 | (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS | |
| 4961 | (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS | |
| 4962 | (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA | |
| 4963 | (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_NONE | |
| 4964 | (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING; |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 4967 | xim_log("xim_decide_input_style()\n"); |
| 4968 | #endif |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | if (!gdk_im_ready()) |
| 4971 | xim_input_style = 0; |
| 4972 | else |
| 4973 | { |
| 4974 | if (gtk_major_version > 1 |
| 4975 | || (gtk_major_version == 1 |
| 4976 | && (gtk_minor_version > 2 |
| 4977 | || (gtk_minor_version == 2 && gtk_micro_version >= 3)))) |
| 4978 | use_status_area = TRUE; |
| 4979 | else |
| 4980 | { |
| 4981 | EMSG(_("E291: Your GTK+ is older than 1.2.3. Status area disabled")); |
| 4982 | use_status_area = FALSE; |
| 4983 | } |
| 4984 | #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET |
| 4985 | if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET) |
| 4986 | #endif |
| 4987 | supported_style &= ~((int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION |
| 4988 | | (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA); |
| 4989 | if (!use_status_area) |
| 4990 | supported_style &= ~(int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA; |
| 4991 | xim_input_style = (int)gdk_im_decide_style((GdkIMStyle)supported_style); |
| 4992 | } |
| 4993 | } |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 4996 | static void |
| 4997 | preedit_start_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data) |
| 4998 | { |
| 4999 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 5000 | xim_log("xim_decide_input_style()\n"); |
| 5001 | #endif |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 | draw_feedback = NULL; |
| 5004 | xim_can_preediting = TRUE; |
| 5005 | xim_has_preediting = TRUE; |
| 5006 | gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); |
| 5007 | if (showmode() > 0) |
| 5008 | { |
| 5009 | setcursor(); |
| 5010 | out_flush(); |
| 5011 | } |
| 5012 | } |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 | static void |
| 5015 | xim_back_delete(int n) |
| 5016 | { |
| 5017 | char_u str[3]; |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | str[0] = CSI; |
| 5020 | str[1] = 'k'; |
| 5021 | str[2] = 'b'; |
| 5022 | while (n-- > 0) |
| 5023 | add_to_input_buf(str, 3); |
| 5024 | } |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | static GSList *key_press_event_queue = NULL; |
| 5027 | static gboolean processing_queued_event = FALSE; |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 5030 | static void |
| 5031 | preedit_draw_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data) |
| 5032 | { |
| 5033 | XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct *draw_data; |
| 5034 | XIMText *text; |
| 5035 | char *src; |
| 5036 | GSList *event_queue; |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 5039 | xim_log("preedit_draw_cbproc()\n"); |
| 5040 | #endif |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 | draw_data = (XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct *) call_data; |
| 5043 | text = (XIMText *) draw_data->text; |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | if ((text == NULL && draw_data->chg_length == preedit_buf_len) |
| 5046 | || preedit_buf_len == 0) |
| 5047 | { |
| 5048 | init_preedit_start_col(); |
| 5049 | vim_free(draw_feedback); |
| 5050 | draw_feedback = NULL; |
| 5051 | } |
| 5052 | if (draw_data->chg_length > 0) |
| 5053 | { |
| 5054 | int bs_cnt; |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 | if (draw_data->chg_length > preedit_buf_len) |
| 5057 | bs_cnt = preedit_buf_len; |
| 5058 | else |
| 5059 | bs_cnt = draw_data->chg_length; |
| 5060 | xim_back_delete(bs_cnt); |
| 5061 | preedit_buf_len -= bs_cnt; |
| 5062 | } |
| 5063 | if (text != NULL) |
| 5064 | { |
| 5065 | int len; |
| 5066 | #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5067 | char_u *buf = NULL; |
| 5068 | unsigned int nfeedback = 0; |
| 5069 | #endif |
| 5070 | char_u *ptr; |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | src = text->string.multi_byte; |
| 5073 | if (src != NULL && !text->encoding_is_wchar) |
| 5074 | { |
| 5075 | len = strlen(src); |
| 5076 | ptr = (char_u *)src; |
| 5077 | /* Avoid the enter for decision */ |
| 5078 | if (*ptr == '\n') |
| 5079 | return; |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 | #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5082 | if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE |
| 5083 | && (buf = string_convert(&input_conv, |
| 5084 | (char_u *)src, &len)) != NULL) |
| 5085 | { |
| 5086 | /* Converted from 'termencoding' to 'encoding'. */ |
| 5087 | add_to_input_buf_csi(buf, len); |
| 5088 | ptr = buf; |
| 5089 | } |
| 5090 | else |
| 5091 | #endif |
| 5092 | add_to_input_buf_csi((char_u *)src, len); |
| 5093 | /* Add count of character to preedit_buf_len */ |
| 5094 | while (*ptr != NUL) |
| 5095 | { |
| 5096 | #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5097 | if (draw_data->text->feedback != NULL) |
| 5098 | { |
| 5099 | if (draw_feedback == NULL) |
| 5100 | draw_feedback = (char *)alloc(draw_data->chg_first |
| 5101 | + text->length); |
| 5102 | else |
| 5103 | draw_feedback = realloc(draw_feedback, |
| 5104 | draw_data->chg_first + text->length); |
| 5105 | if (draw_feedback != NULL) |
| 5106 | { |
| 5107 | draw_feedback[nfeedback + draw_data->chg_first] |
| 5108 | = draw_data->text->feedback[nfeedback]; |
| 5109 | nfeedback++; |
| 5110 | } |
| 5111 | } |
| 5112 | if (has_mbyte) |
| 5113 | ptr += mb_ptr2len_check(ptr); |
| 5114 | else |
| 5115 | #endif |
| 5116 | ptr++; |
| 5117 | preedit_buf_len++; |
| 5118 | } |
| 5119 | #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5120 | vim_free(buf); |
| 5121 | #endif |
| 5122 | preedit_end_col = MAXCOL; |
| 5123 | } |
| 5124 | } |
| 5125 | if (text != NULL || draw_data->chg_length > 0) |
| 5126 | { |
| 5127 | event_queue = key_press_event_queue; |
| 5128 | processing_queued_event = TRUE; |
| 5129 | while (event_queue != NULL && processing_queued_event) |
| 5130 | { |
| 5131 | GdkEvent *ev = event_queue->data; |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | gboolean *ret; |
| 5134 | gtk_signal_emit_by_name((GtkObject*)gui.mainwin, "key_press_event", |
| 5135 | ev, &ret); |
| 5136 | gdk_event_free(ev); |
| 5137 | event_queue = event_queue->next; |
| 5138 | } |
| 5139 | processing_queued_event = FALSE; |
| 5140 | if (key_press_event_queue) |
| 5141 | { |
| 5142 | g_slist_free(key_press_event_queue); |
| 5143 | key_press_event_queue = NULL; |
| 5144 | } |
| 5145 | } |
| 5146 | if (gtk_main_level() > 0) |
| 5147 | gtk_main_quit(); |
| 5148 | } |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | /* |
| 5151 | * Retrieve the highlighting attributes at column col in the preedit string. |
| 5152 | * Return -1 if not in preediting mode or if col is out of range. |
| 5153 | */ |
| 5154 | int |
| 5155 | im_get_feedback_attr(int col) |
| 5156 | { |
| 5157 | if (draw_feedback != NULL && col < preedit_buf_len) |
| 5158 | { |
| 5159 | if (draw_feedback[col] & XIMReverse) |
| 5160 | return HL_INVERSE; |
| 5161 | else if (draw_feedback[col] & XIMUnderline) |
| 5162 | return HL_UNDERLINE; |
| 5163 | else |
| 5164 | return hl_attr(HLF_V); |
| 5165 | } |
| 5166 | |
| 5167 | return -1; |
| 5168 | } |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 5171 | static void |
| 5172 | preedit_caret_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data) |
| 5173 | { |
| 5174 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 5175 | xim_log("preedit_caret_cbproc()\n"); |
| 5176 | #endif |
| 5177 | } |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 5180 | static void |
| 5181 | preedit_done_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data) |
| 5182 | { |
| 5183 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 5184 | xim_log("preedit_done_cbproc()\n"); |
| 5185 | #endif |
| 5186 | |
| 5187 | vim_free(draw_feedback); |
| 5188 | draw_feedback = NULL; |
| 5189 | xim_can_preediting = FALSE; |
| 5190 | xim_has_preediting = FALSE; |
| 5191 | gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); |
| 5192 | if (showmode() > 0) |
| 5193 | { |
| 5194 | setcursor(); |
| 5195 | out_flush(); |
| 5196 | } |
| 5197 | } |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | void |
| 5200 | xim_reset(void) |
| 5201 | { |
| 5202 | char *text; |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 5205 | xim_log("xim_reset()\n"); |
| 5206 | #endif |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 | if (xic != NULL) |
| 5209 | { |
| 5210 | text = XmbResetIC(((GdkICPrivate *)xic)->xic); |
| 5211 | if (text != NULL && !(xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS)) |
| 5212 | add_to_input_buf_csi((char_u *)text, strlen(text)); |
| 5213 | else |
| 5214 | preedit_buf_len = 0; |
| 5215 | if (text != NULL) |
| 5216 | XFree(text); |
| 5217 | } |
| 5218 | } |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 5221 | int |
| 5222 | xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down) |
| 5223 | { |
| 5224 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 5225 | xim_log("xim_queue_key_press_event()\n"); |
| 5226 | #endif |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 | if (preedit_buf_len <= 0) |
| 5229 | return FALSE; |
| 5230 | if (processing_queued_event) |
| 5231 | processing_queued_event = FALSE; |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | key_press_event_queue = g_slist_append(key_press_event_queue, |
| 5234 | gdk_event_copy((GdkEvent *)event)); |
| 5235 | return TRUE; |
| 5236 | } |
| 5237 | |
| 5238 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 5239 | static void |
| 5240 | preedit_callback_setup(GdkIC *ic) |
| 5241 | { |
| 5242 | XIC xxic; |
| 5243 | XVaNestedList preedit_attr; |
| 5244 | XIMCallback preedit_start_cb; |
| 5245 | XIMCallback preedit_draw_cb; |
| 5246 | XIMCallback preedit_caret_cb; |
| 5247 | XIMCallback preedit_done_cb; |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 | xxic = ((GdkICPrivate*)xic)->xic; |
| 5250 | preedit_start_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_start_cbproc; |
| 5251 | preedit_draw_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_draw_cbproc; |
| 5252 | preedit_caret_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_caret_cbproc; |
| 5253 | preedit_done_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_done_cbproc; |
| 5254 | preedit_attr |
| 5255 | = XVaCreateNestedList (0, |
| 5256 | XNPreeditStartCallback, &preedit_start_cb, |
| 5257 | XNPreeditDrawCallback, &preedit_draw_cb, |
| 5258 | XNPreeditCaretCallback, &preedit_caret_cb, |
| 5259 | XNPreeditDoneCallback, &preedit_done_cb, |
| 5260 | 0); |
| 5261 | XSetICValues (xxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, 0); |
| 5262 | XFree(preedit_attr); |
| 5263 | } |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | /*ARGSUSED*/ |
| 5266 | static void |
| 5267 | reset_state_setup(GdkIC *ic) |
| 5268 | { |
| 5269 | #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM |
| 5270 | /* don't change the input context when we call reset */ |
| 5271 | XSetICValues(((GdkICPrivate*)ic)->xic, XNResetState, XIMPreserveState, 0); |
| 5272 | #endif |
| 5273 | } |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | void |
| 5276 | xim_init(void) |
| 5277 | { |
| 5278 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 5279 | xim_log("xim_init()\n"); |
| 5280 | #endif |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 | xic = NULL; |
| 5283 | xic_attr = NULL; |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | if (!gdk_im_ready()) |
| 5286 | { |
| 5287 | if (p_verbose > 0) |
| 5288 | EMSG(_("E292: Input Method Server is not running")); |
| 5289 | return; |
| 5290 | } |
| 5291 | if ((xic_attr = gdk_ic_attr_new()) != NULL) |
| 5292 | { |
| 5293 | #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET |
| 5294 | gint width, height; |
| 5295 | #endif |
| 5296 | int mask; |
| 5297 | GdkColormap *colormap; |
| 5298 | GdkICAttr *attr = xic_attr; |
| 5299 | int attrmask = (int)GDK_IC_ALL_REQ; |
| 5300 | GtkWidget *widget = gui.drawarea; |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | attr->style = (GdkIMStyle)xim_input_style; |
| 5303 | attr->client_window = gui.mainwin->window; |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 | if ((colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap(widget)) != |
| 5306 | gtk_widget_get_default_colormap()) |
| 5307 | { |
| 5308 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_COLORMAP; |
| 5309 | attr->preedit_colormap = colormap; |
| 5310 | } |
| 5311 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FOREGROUND; |
| 5312 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_BACKGROUND; |
| 5313 | attr->preedit_foreground = widget->style->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]; |
| 5314 | attr->preedit_background = widget->style->base[GTK_STATE_NORMAL]; |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET |
| 5317 | if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_MASK) |
| 5318 | == (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION) |
| 5319 | { |
| 5320 | if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET |
| 5321 | || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET) |
| 5322 | { |
| 5323 | EMSG(_(e_overthespot)); |
| 5324 | } |
| 5325 | else |
| 5326 | { |
| 5327 | gdk_window_get_size(widget->window, &width, &height); |
| 5328 | |
| 5329 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_POSITION_REQ; |
| 5330 | attr->spot_location.x = TEXT_X(0); |
| 5331 | attr->spot_location.y = TEXT_Y(0); |
| 5332 | attr->preedit_area.x = gui.border_offset; |
| 5333 | attr->preedit_area.y = gui.border_offset; |
| 5334 | attr->preedit_area.width = width - 2*gui.border_offset; |
| 5335 | attr->preedit_area.height = height - 2*gui.border_offset; |
| 5336 | attr->preedit_fontset = gui.fontset; |
| 5337 | } |
| 5338 | } |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 | if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK) |
| 5341 | == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA) |
| 5342 | { |
| 5343 | if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET |
| 5344 | || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET) |
| 5345 | { |
| 5346 | EMSG(_(e_overthespot)); |
| 5347 | } |
| 5348 | else |
| 5349 | { |
| 5350 | gdk_window_get_size(gui.mainwin->window, &width, &height); |
| 5351 | attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA_REQ; |
| 5352 | attr->status_area.x = 0; |
| 5353 | attr->status_area.y = height - gui.char_height - 1; |
| 5354 | attr->status_area.width = width; |
| 5355 | attr->status_area.height = gui.char_height; |
| 5356 | attr->status_fontset = gui.fontset; |
| 5357 | } |
| 5358 | } |
| 5359 | else if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK) |
| 5360 | == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS) |
| 5361 | { |
| 5362 | /* FIXME */ |
| 5363 | } |
| 5364 | #endif |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 | xic = gdk_ic_new(attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask); |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | if (xic == NULL) |
| 5369 | EMSG(_(e_xim)); |
| 5370 | else |
| 5371 | { |
| 5372 | mask = (int)gdk_window_get_events(widget->window); |
| 5373 | mask |= (int)gdk_ic_get_events(xic); |
| 5374 | gdk_window_set_events(widget->window, (GdkEventMask)mask); |
| 5375 | if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS) |
| 5376 | preedit_callback_setup(xic); |
| 5377 | reset_state_setup(xic); |
| 5378 | } |
| 5379 | } |
| 5380 | } |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 | void |
| 5383 | im_shutdown(void) |
| 5384 | { |
| 5385 | #ifdef XIM_DEBUG |
| 5386 | xim_log("im_shutdown()\n"); |
| 5387 | #endif |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 | if (xic != NULL) |
| 5390 | { |
| 5391 | gdk_im_end(); |
| 5392 | gdk_ic_destroy(xic); |
| 5393 | xic = NULL; |
| 5394 | } |
| 5395 | xim_is_active = FALSE; |
| 5396 | xim_can_preediting = FALSE; |
| 5397 | preedit_start_col = MAXCOL; |
| 5398 | xim_has_preediting = FALSE; |
| 5399 | } |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 | #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */ |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 | int |
| 5404 | xim_get_status_area_height() |
| 5405 | { |
| 5406 | #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 5407 | if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA) |
| 5408 | return gui.char_height; |
Bram Moolenaar | 843ee41 | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5409 | #elif defined FEAT_GUI_KDE |
| 5410 | #warning FIXME |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5411 | #else |
| 5412 | if (status_area_enabled) |
| 5413 | return gui.char_height; |
| 5414 | #endif |
| 5415 | return 0; |
| 5416 | } |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | /* |
| 5419 | * Get IM status. When IM is on, return TRUE. Else return FALSE. |
| 5420 | * FIXME: This doesn't work correctly: Having focus doesn't always mean XIM is |
| 5421 | * active, when not having focus XIM may still be active (e.g., when using a |
| 5422 | * tear-off menu item). |
| 5423 | */ |
| 5424 | int |
| 5425 | im_get_status() |
| 5426 | { |
| 5427 | # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 5428 | if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS) |
| 5429 | return xim_can_preediting; |
| 5430 | # endif |
| 5431 | return xim_has_focus; |
| 5432 | } |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 | # endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 | # if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO) |
| 5437 | int |
| 5438 | im_is_preediting() |
| 5439 | { |
| 5440 | return xim_has_preediting; |
| 5441 | } |
| 5442 | # endif |
| 5443 | #endif /* FEAT_XIM */ |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | /* |
| 5448 | * Setup "vcp" for conversion from "from" to "to". |
| 5449 | * The names must have been made canonical with enc_canonize(). |
| 5450 | * vcp->vc_type must have been initialized to CONV_NONE. |
| 5451 | * Note: cannot be used for conversion from/to ucs-2 and ucs-4 (will use utf-8 |
| 5452 | * instead). |
| 5453 | * Afterwards invoke with "from" and "to" equal to NULL to cleanup. |
| 5454 | * Return FAIL when conversion is not supported, OK otherwise. |
| 5455 | */ |
| 5456 | int |
| 5457 | convert_setup(vcp, from, to) |
| 5458 | vimconv_T *vcp; |
| 5459 | char_u *from; |
| 5460 | char_u *to; |
| 5461 | { |
| 5462 | int from_prop; |
| 5463 | int to_prop; |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 | /* Reset to no conversion. */ |
| 5466 | # ifdef USE_ICONV |
| 5467 | if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_ICONV && vcp->vc_fd != (iconv_t)-1) |
| 5468 | iconv_close(vcp->vc_fd); |
| 5469 | # endif |
| 5470 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_NONE; |
| 5471 | vcp->vc_factor = 1; |
| 5472 | vcp->vc_fail = FALSE; |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 | /* No conversion when one of the names is empty or they are equal. */ |
| 5475 | if (from == NULL || *from == NUL || to == NULL || *to == NUL |
| 5476 | || STRCMP(from, to) == 0) |
| 5477 | return OK; |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 | from_prop = enc_canon_props(from); |
| 5480 | to_prop = enc_canon_props(to); |
| 5481 | if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN1) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE)) |
| 5482 | { |
| 5483 | /* Internal latin1 -> utf-8 conversion. */ |
| 5484 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_UTF8; |
| 5485 | vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */ |
| 5486 | } |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5487 | else if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN9) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE)) |
| 5488 | { |
| 5489 | /* Internal latin9 -> utf-8 conversion. */ |
| 5490 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_9_TO_UTF8; |
| 5491 | vcp->vc_factor = 3; /* up to three as long (euro sign) */ |
| 5492 | } |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5493 | else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN1)) |
| 5494 | { |
| 5495 | /* Internal utf-8 -> latin1 conversion. */ |
| 5496 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_LATIN1; |
| 5497 | } |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5498 | else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN9)) |
| 5499 | { |
| 5500 | /* Internal utf-8 -> latin9 conversion. */ |
| 5501 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_LATIN9; |
| 5502 | } |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5503 | #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 5504 | /* Win32-specific codepage <-> codepage conversion without iconv. */ |
| 5505 | else if (((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) || encname2codepage(from) > 0) |
| 5506 | && ((to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) || encname2codepage(to) > 0)) |
| 5507 | { |
| 5508 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_CODEPAGE; |
| 5509 | vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */ |
| 5510 | vcp->vc_cpfrom = (from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? 0 : encname2codepage(from); |
| 5511 | vcp->vc_cpto = (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? 0 : encname2codepage(to); |
| 5512 | } |
| 5513 | #endif |
| 5514 | #ifdef MACOS_X |
| 5515 | else if ((from_prop & ENC_MACROMAN) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN1)) |
| 5516 | { |
| 5517 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_MAC_LATIN1; |
| 5518 | } |
| 5519 | else if ((from_prop & ENC_MACROMAN) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE)) |
| 5520 | { |
| 5521 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_MAC_UTF8; |
| 5522 | vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */ |
| 5523 | } |
| 5524 | else if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN1) && (to_prop & ENC_MACROMAN)) |
| 5525 | { |
| 5526 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_LATIN1_MAC; |
| 5527 | } |
| 5528 | else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_MACROMAN)) |
| 5529 | { |
| 5530 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_UTF8_MAC; |
| 5531 | } |
| 5532 | #endif |
| 5533 | # ifdef USE_ICONV |
| 5534 | else |
| 5535 | { |
| 5536 | /* Use iconv() for conversion. */ |
| 5537 | vcp->vc_fd = (iconv_t)my_iconv_open( |
| 5538 | (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? (char_u *)"utf-8" : to, |
| 5539 | (from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? (char_u *)"utf-8" : from); |
| 5540 | if (vcp->vc_fd != (iconv_t)-1) |
| 5541 | { |
| 5542 | vcp->vc_type = CONV_ICONV; |
| 5543 | vcp->vc_factor = 4; /* could be longer too... */ |
| 5544 | } |
| 5545 | } |
| 5546 | # endif |
| 5547 | if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_NONE) |
| 5548 | return FAIL; |
| 5549 | return OK; |
| 5550 | } |
| 5551 | |
| 5552 | #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(AMIGA) || defined(WIN3264) \ |
| 5553 | || defined(MSDOS) || defined(PROTO) |
| 5554 | /* |
| 5555 | * Do conversion on typed input characters in-place. |
| 5556 | * The input and output are not NUL terminated! |
| 5557 | * Returns the length after conversion. |
| 5558 | */ |
| 5559 | int |
| 5560 | convert_input(ptr, len, maxlen) |
| 5561 | char_u *ptr; |
| 5562 | int len; |
| 5563 | int maxlen; |
| 5564 | { |
| 5565 | return convert_input_safe(ptr, len, maxlen, NULL, NULL); |
| 5566 | } |
| 5567 | #endif |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 | /* |
| 5570 | * Like convert_input(), but when there is an incomplete byte sequence at the |
| 5571 | * end return that as an allocated string in "restp" and set "*restlenp" to |
| 5572 | * the length. If "restp" is NULL it is not used. |
| 5573 | */ |
| 5574 | int |
| 5575 | convert_input_safe(ptr, len, maxlen, restp, restlenp) |
| 5576 | char_u *ptr; |
| 5577 | int len; |
| 5578 | int maxlen; |
| 5579 | char_u **restp; |
| 5580 | int *restlenp; |
| 5581 | { |
| 5582 | char_u *d; |
| 5583 | int dlen = len; |
| 5584 | int unconvertlen = 0; |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | d = string_convert_ext(&input_conv, ptr, &dlen, |
| 5587 | restp == NULL ? NULL : &unconvertlen); |
| 5588 | if (d != NULL) |
| 5589 | { |
| 5590 | if (dlen <= maxlen) |
| 5591 | { |
| 5592 | if (unconvertlen > 0) |
| 5593 | { |
| 5594 | /* Move the unconverted characters to allocated memory. */ |
| 5595 | *restp = alloc(unconvertlen); |
| 5596 | if (*restp != NULL) |
| 5597 | mch_memmove(*restp, ptr + len - unconvertlen, unconvertlen); |
| 5598 | *restlenp = unconvertlen; |
| 5599 | } |
| 5600 | mch_memmove(ptr, d, dlen); |
| 5601 | } |
| 5602 | else |
| 5603 | /* result is too long, keep the unconverted text (the caller must |
| 5604 | * have done something wrong!) */ |
| 5605 | dlen = len; |
| 5606 | vim_free(d); |
| 5607 | } |
| 5608 | return dlen; |
| 5609 | } |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 | #if defined(MACOS_X) |
Bram Moolenaar | ab79bcb | 2004-07-18 21:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5612 | /* This is in os_mac_conv.c. */ |
| 5613 | extern char_u *mac_string_convert __ARGS((char_u *ptr, int len, int *lenp, int fail_on_error, int from, int to, int *unconvlenp)); |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5614 | #endif |
| 5615 | |
| 5616 | /* |
| 5617 | * Convert text "ptr[*lenp]" according to "vcp". |
| 5618 | * Returns the result in allocated memory and sets "*lenp". |
| 5619 | * When "lenp" is NULL, use NUL terminated strings. |
| 5620 | * Illegal chars are often changed to "?", unless vcp->vc_fail is set. |
| 5621 | * When something goes wrong, NULL is returned and "*lenp" is unchanged. |
| 5622 | */ |
| 5623 | char_u * |
| 5624 | string_convert(vcp, ptr, lenp) |
| 5625 | vimconv_T *vcp; |
| 5626 | char_u *ptr; |
| 5627 | int *lenp; |
| 5628 | { |
| 5629 | return string_convert_ext(vcp, ptr, lenp, NULL); |
| 5630 | } |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 | /* |
| 5633 | * Like string_convert(), but when "unconvlenp" is not NULL and there are is |
| 5634 | * an incomplete sequence at the end it is not converted and "*unconvlenp" is |
| 5635 | * set to the number of remaining bytes. |
| 5636 | */ |
| 5637 | char_u * |
| 5638 | string_convert_ext(vcp, ptr, lenp, unconvlenp) |
| 5639 | vimconv_T *vcp; |
| 5640 | char_u *ptr; |
| 5641 | int *lenp; |
| 5642 | int *unconvlenp; |
| 5643 | { |
| 5644 | char_u *retval = NULL; |
| 5645 | char_u *d; |
| 5646 | int len; |
| 5647 | int i; |
| 5648 | int l; |
| 5649 | int c; |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | if (lenp == NULL) |
| 5652 | len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 5653 | else |
| 5654 | len = *lenp; |
| 5655 | if (len == 0) |
| 5656 | return vim_strsave((char_u *)""); |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 | switch (vcp->vc_type) |
| 5659 | { |
| 5660 | case CONV_TO_UTF8: /* latin1 to utf-8 conversion */ |
| 5661 | retval = alloc(len * 2 + 1); |
| 5662 | if (retval == NULL) |
| 5663 | break; |
| 5664 | d = retval; |
| 5665 | for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 5666 | { |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5667 | c = ptr[i]; |
| 5668 | if (c < 0x80) |
| 5669 | *d++ = c; |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5670 | else |
| 5671 | { |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5672 | *d++ = 0xc0 + ((unsigned)c >> 6); |
| 5673 | *d++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f); |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5674 | } |
| 5675 | } |
| 5676 | *d = NUL; |
| 5677 | if (lenp != NULL) |
| 5678 | *lenp = (int)(d - retval); |
| 5679 | break; |
| 5680 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5681 | case CONV_9_TO_UTF8: /* latin9 to utf-8 conversion */ |
| 5682 | retval = alloc(len * 3 + 1); |
| 5683 | if (retval == NULL) |
| 5684 | break; |
| 5685 | d = retval; |
| 5686 | for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 5687 | { |
| 5688 | c = ptr[i]; |
| 5689 | switch (c) |
| 5690 | { |
| 5691 | case 0xa4: c = 0x20ac; break; /* euro */ |
| 5692 | case 0xa6: c = 0x0160; break; /* S hat */ |
| 5693 | case 0xa8: c = 0x0161; break; /* S -hat */ |
| 5694 | case 0xb4: c = 0x017d; break; /* Z hat */ |
| 5695 | case 0xb8: c = 0x017e; break; /* Z -hat */ |
| 5696 | case 0xbc: c = 0x0152; break; /* OE */ |
| 5697 | case 0xbd: c = 0x0153; break; /* oe */ |
| 5698 | case 0xbe: c = 0x0178; break; /* Y */ |
| 5699 | } |
| 5700 | d += utf_char2bytes(c, d); |
| 5701 | } |
| 5702 | *d = NUL; |
| 5703 | if (lenp != NULL) |
| 5704 | *lenp = (int)(d - retval); |
| 5705 | break; |
| 5706 | |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5707 | case CONV_TO_LATIN1: /* utf-8 to latin1 conversion */ |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5708 | case CONV_TO_LATIN9: /* utf-8 to latin9 conversion */ |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5709 | retval = alloc(len + 1); |
| 5710 | if (retval == NULL) |
| 5711 | break; |
| 5712 | d = retval; |
| 5713 | for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 5714 | { |
| 5715 | l = utf_ptr2len_check(ptr + i); |
| 5716 | if (l == 0) |
| 5717 | *d++ = NUL; |
| 5718 | else if (l == 1) |
| 5719 | { |
| 5720 | if (unconvlenp != NULL && utf8len_tab[ptr[i]] > len - i) |
| 5721 | { |
| 5722 | /* Incomplete sequence at the end. */ |
| 5723 | *unconvlenp = len - i; |
| 5724 | break; |
| 5725 | } |
| 5726 | *d++ = ptr[i]; |
| 5727 | } |
| 5728 | else |
| 5729 | { |
| 5730 | c = utf_ptr2char(ptr + i); |
Bram Moolenaar | 3fdfa4a | 2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5731 | if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_TO_LATIN9) |
| 5732 | switch (c) |
| 5733 | { |
| 5734 | case 0x20ac: c = 0xa4; break; /* euro */ |
| 5735 | case 0x0160: c = 0xa6; break; /* S hat */ |
| 5736 | case 0x0161: c = 0xa8; break; /* S -hat */ |
| 5737 | case 0x017d: c = 0xb4; break; /* Z hat */ |
| 5738 | case 0x017e: c = 0xb8; break; /* Z -hat */ |
| 5739 | case 0x0152: c = 0xbc; break; /* OE */ |
| 5740 | case 0x0153: c = 0xbd; break; /* oe */ |
| 5741 | case 0x0178: c = 0xbe; break; /* Y */ |
| 5742 | case 0xa4: |
| 5743 | case 0xa6: |
| 5744 | case 0xa8: |
| 5745 | case 0xb4: |
| 5746 | case 0xb8: |
| 5747 | case 0xbc: |
| 5748 | case 0xbd: |
| 5749 | case 0xbe: c = 0x100; break; /* not in latin9 */ |
| 5750 | } |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5751 | if (!utf_iscomposing(c)) /* skip composing chars */ |
| 5752 | { |
| 5753 | if (c < 0x100) |
| 5754 | *d++ = c; |
| 5755 | else if (vcp->vc_fail) |
| 5756 | { |
| 5757 | vim_free(retval); |
| 5758 | return NULL; |
| 5759 | } |
| 5760 | else |
| 5761 | { |
| 5762 | *d++ = 0xbf; |
| 5763 | if (utf_char2cells(c) > 1) |
| 5764 | *d++ = '?'; |
| 5765 | } |
| 5766 | } |
| 5767 | i += l - 1; |
| 5768 | } |
| 5769 | } |
| 5770 | *d = NUL; |
| 5771 | if (lenp != NULL) |
| 5772 | *lenp = (int)(d - retval); |
| 5773 | break; |
| 5774 | |
| 5775 | # ifdef MACOS_X |
| 5776 | case CONV_MAC_LATIN1: |
| 5777 | retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail, |
Bram Moolenaar | ab79bcb | 2004-07-18 21:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5778 | 'm', 'l', unconvlenp); |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5779 | break; |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 | case CONV_LATIN1_MAC: |
| 5782 | retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail, |
Bram Moolenaar | ab79bcb | 2004-07-18 21:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5783 | 'l', 'm', unconvlenp); |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5784 | break; |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 | case CONV_MAC_UTF8: |
| 5787 | retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail, |
Bram Moolenaar | ab79bcb | 2004-07-18 21:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5788 | 'm', 'u', unconvlenp); |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5789 | break; |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 | case CONV_UTF8_MAC: |
| 5792 | retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail, |
Bram Moolenaar | ab79bcb | 2004-07-18 21:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5793 | 'u', 'm', unconvlenp); |
Bram Moolenaar | 071d427 | 2004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5794 | break; |
| 5795 | # endif |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 | # ifdef USE_ICONV |
| 5798 | case CONV_ICONV: /* conversion with output_conv.vc_fd */ |
| 5799 | retval = iconv_string(vcp, ptr, len, unconvlenp); |
| 5800 | if (retval != NULL && lenp != NULL) |
| 5801 | *lenp = (int)STRLEN(retval); |
| 5802 | break; |
| 5803 | # endif |
| 5804 | # ifdef WIN3264 |
| 5805 | case CONV_CODEPAGE: /* codepage -> codepage */ |
| 5806 | { |
| 5807 | int retlen; |
| 5808 | int tmp_len; |
| 5809 | short_u *tmp; |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | /* 1. codepage/UTF-8 -> ucs-2. */ |
| 5812 | if (vcp->vc_cpfrom == 0) |
| 5813 | tmp_len = utf8_to_ucs2(ptr, len, NULL, NULL); |
| 5814 | else |
| 5815 | tmp_len = MultiByteToWideChar(vcp->vc_cpfrom, 0, |
| 5816 | ptr, len, 0, 0); |
| 5817 | tmp = (short_u *)alloc(sizeof(short_u) * tmp_len); |
| 5818 | if (tmp == NULL) |
| 5819 | break; |
| 5820 | if (vcp->vc_cpfrom == 0) |
| 5821 | utf8_to_ucs2(ptr, len, tmp, unconvlenp); |
| 5822 | else |
| 5823 | MultiByteToWideChar(vcp->vc_cpfrom, 0, ptr, len, tmp, tmp_len); |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | /* 2. ucs-2 -> codepage/UTF-8. */ |
| 5826 | if (vcp->vc_cpto == 0) |
| 5827 | retlen = ucs2_to_utf8(tmp, tmp_len, NULL); |
| 5828 | else |
| 5829 | retlen = WideCharToMultiByte(vcp->vc_cpto, 0, |
| 5830 | tmp, tmp_len, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 5831 | retval = alloc(retlen + 1); |
| 5832 | if (retval != NULL) |
| 5833 | { |
| 5834 | if (vcp->vc_cpto == 0) |
| 5835 | ucs2_to_utf8(tmp, tmp_len, retval); |
| 5836 | else |
| 5837 | WideCharToMultiByte(vcp->vc_cpto, 0, |
| 5838 | tmp, tmp_len, retval, retlen, 0, 0); |
| 5839 | retval[retlen] = NUL; |
| 5840 | if (lenp != NULL) |
| 5841 | *lenp = retlen; |
| 5842 | } |
| 5843 | vim_free(tmp); |
| 5844 | break; |
| 5845 | } |
| 5846 | # endif |
| 5847 | } |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | return retval; |
| 5850 | } |
| 5851 | #endif |